Home

2 - Idec

1. 2 134 WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit Flow Communication Interface Control Driver FP Series FPO Not required RS232C None MEWNET Connects to CPU unit directly Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 137 FP1 Not required RS232C ER Connects to RS232C Port Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 137 Not required RS232C AFP8550 Connects to CPU unit directly Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 137 Not required RS422 485 4 wire None Connects to CPU unit directly Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 138 FPZ Not required RS232C Connects to CPU unit directly Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 137 Used Communication cassette RS232C ER AFPG801 Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 138 Used Communication cassette RS232C None AFPG802 Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 138 Used Communication cassette RS422 485 2 wire AFPG803 Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 138 FP10 Not required RS232C FP10SH Connects to Tool Pot or Com Port Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 139 AFP3462 FP2 Not required FP2SH Connects to Com Port AFP2462 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 11 Panasonic 11 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of Panasonic PLCs to the MICRO I aM Connection Diagram 1 etn Danaea 2 137 MICRO I C16CT C32CT FPX RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 137 L1 MICRO I C16CT C32CT SIND EUISIXT 01 UONDSUUOI 5 RS232C Connection Diagram 2
2. PLC RS422 485 PCR E2OFS HG2G 5T HONDA TSUSHIN KOGYO CO LTD Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wi Pin No Name JD14 8 RDA RD SDA 4 9 RDB RD SDB 3 6 SDA SD RDA 2 7 SDB SD RDB 1 5 SG OV iil JD15 N ROB 1 E Cable clamp RDA 2 Terminal resistor xh Connect a terminus unit to JD15 by the side of Power Mate For details of a terminus unit refer to the manual of Power Mate MODEL D FG terminal of the main part of a motion controller should perform the 3rd sort grounding Ground a shield by the cable clamp Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 2 Series 16i 160i 18i 180i 30i 31i 32i PLC RS232C PCR E20FS HG2G 5T HONDA TSUSHIN KOGYO CO LTD Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name SD il il SD RD 1 2 RD RS 15 3 RS CS 5 L 4 CS SG 8 5 SG DR 3 CD 7 ER 13 2 160 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 14 4 Environment Settings Power Mate MODEL D 14 FANUC
3. Request Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 01 Byte 8 9 Byte 2 3 Reference Number Byte 10 11 Byte 4 5 Number of read bits 1 to 2000 bits Normal response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 01 Byte 8 Byte 2 Number of bytes for the response number of read bits 7 8 From Byte 9 From Byte 3 Read data Error response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 81 Hexadecimal Byte 8 Byte 2 Exception code 01 or 02 Example Reading of Cl 1 bit The read value is 1 Oih 00h 00h 00h Oih Oih Oih 01h Request Data sequence of read value Normal response When two or more data are read out the read data are arranged starting from the lowest address by 8 bits 1 byte Within any 1 byte data in the lower address is set to the lower bit The data in the unread bit becomes 0 For example when reading an 11 bit data as shown below the read value becomes 21 03 Device Address Data Remarks C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 Data for the 1st byte Bit pattern 00100001 21 Hexadecimal C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 Oo ooo or 70 00 07 00 00 00 Data for 2nd byte Bit pattern 00000011 03 Hexadecimal WindO I NV4 External Device Se
4. Bit Device Device Type Address Number Range Address a Read Device Name 2 Write Numeral MICRO I PLC Range Notation System Timer done TDN T 4000 to 4255 10000 to 255255 1 R Decimal Timer timing TT T 4000 to 4255 10000 to 255255 1 R Decimal Timer enable EN T 4000 to 4255 10000 to 255255 1 R Decimal Counter done CDN C 5000 to 5255 10000 to 255255 1 R Decimal Counter up enable CU C 5000 to 5255 10000 to 255255 1 R Decimal Counter down enable CD C 5000 to 5255 10000 to 255255 1 R Decimal Counter overflow OV C 5000 to 5255 10000 to 255255 1 R Decimal Counter underflow UN C 5000 to 5255 10000 to 255255 1 R Decimal Counter high speed UA C 5000 to 5255 10000 to 255255 1 R Decimal counter update For details about the address notation refer to Expression of Device Address Format Expression of Device Address Format Notation Allen Bradley WindO I NVA San 200 programming software 1 TDN 4 12 TDN 4012 TDN4 12 1 to 3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number 1 to 3 digits File number 1 to 3 digits File number 2 82 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 4 Allen Bradley Word Device Device Type Address Number Range Address Device Name Rees Numeral MICRO I PLC Range Notation Write System Input WI 0 to 301 1 R Decimal Output wo 0 0 to 301 1 R Decimal Bit WB B 3000 to 3255 10000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal Tim
5. PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T Terminal block Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name M 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD esse neuve 5 SG 7x There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 2 10 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 1 IDEC Connection Diagram 3 MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra RS232C Port 1 SmartAXIS Pro Lite FT1A PC1 PLC RS232C HG2G 5T Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name NC 1 op 1 SD NC 2 2 RD SD 3 3 RS RD 4 4 CS NC 5 5 SG SG 6 SG 7 NC 8 TERT Shield ES c on In case of HG2G 5T a connection cable part number HG9Z XC275 is available Refer to Chapter 7 1 1 External devices PLC connection cable FC2A KP1C HG9Z XC275 on page 7 1 about the connection diagram of HG9Z XC275 Connection Diagram 4 MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra FC5A SIF2 s 2n q Jeux 03 UOIPSUUOY N PLC RS232C Terminal block HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name RS RTS 1 SD ER DTR 2 RD SD TxD 3 RS RD RxD 501 4 CS DR DSR toot
6. MICRO I All PLC 5 models that can connect to the 1770 KF2 SIINDA Jeux 0 UOIDSUUOD 5 PLC 5 Connects to CPU Unit RS232C Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 73 m 5 RS485 n Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 73 MICRO I Oo 000 o o o All PLC 5 models Connect to the CPU Channel 0 serial port MicroLogix 1000 1100 1200 1500 Connects to Mini DIN Connector on CPU Unit E a coors Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 74 MicroLogix 1000 MicroLogix 1200 MICRO I MicroLogix 1500 RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 75 MicroLogix 1100 MICRO I IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 71 4 Allen Bradley MicroLogix 1500 Connects to D sub 9 pin Connector on CPU Unit m dan E Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 74 LIIIIIIIIIJ MicroLogix 1500 MICRO I Ethernet IP Connects to MicroLogix PLC 5 SLC 500 ControlLogix CompactLogix Ethernet ControlLogix 1756 ENBT PLC 5E SLC5 03 1761 NET ENI MicroLogix 1761 NET ENI CompactLogix 1769 PLC 5 1785 ENET SLC5 04 1761 NET ENI MicroLogix 1100 Built in Ethernet port SLC5 05 1761 NET ENI SLC5 05 N J Y Connect to maximum of 32 different PLCs 9 Use a crossover cable to connect the MICRO I and PLC directly a e When using a hub
7. With a Bit Write operation the word data is first read from the PLC and a logic operation AND or OR is a performed on the relevant bit before writing it to the PLC to ensure that the values of other bits in the same channel are preserved However be certain that the PLC does not modify the data in the channel during the time that the MICRO I is writing the data 1 The last two digits indicate the bit number 0 to 15 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 65 3 OMRON e SYSMAC CS1 series Communication Driver SYSMAC CS1 series Bit Device Device Name aren en Address Number Range ra ee Core I O CIO clo 0 to 614315 R W 1 Work Area WR WR 0 to 51115 R W 1 Holding Bit HR HR 0 to 51115 R W 1 Auxiliary Bit AR AR 0 to 95915 R 1 Timer Contact TIMC TIMC 0 to 4095 R Counter Contact CNTC CNTC 0 to 4095 R Task Bit TK TK 0 to 31 R Word Device Device Name T Um Address Number Range ies An cip Core I O WCIO clo 0 to 6143 R W Work Area WWR WR 0 to 511 R W Holding Bit WHR HR 0 to 511 R W Auxiliary Bit WAR AR 0 to 959 R Timer Present value TIMN TIM 0 to 4095 Counter Present value CNTN CNT 0 to 4095 Data Memory DM DM 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 0 EMO EMO 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 1 EM1 EM1 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 2 EM2 EM2 0 to 32767
8. PLC RS232C D sub 9 pin Female Connector HG2G 5T cable side Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name RXD 2 AL 1 SD TXD 3 n 2 RD DTR 4 r 7 r B RS GND 5 u s 4 CS DSR 6 Tr 5 SG IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 27 s n d Jeux 0 UOISUUOD N 2 Mitsubishi Electric Connection Diagram 7 PLC RS232C Mini DIN 6 pin Connector Name Pin No RXD RD 1 TXD SD 2 SG 3 4 DSR DR 5 DTR ER 6 HG2G 5T MELSEC Q CPU Unit Programming Port Terminal block Pin No Name il SD 2 RD 3 4 5 Pin Assignment of Mini DIN 6 pin plug on the side of the MELSEC Q series Ji Connection Diagram 8 PLC RS232C D sub 9 pin Male Connector Name Pin No CD RD RXD SD TXD ER DTR SG GND DR DSR NC NC NC Olo NIAJ oT a OW NM e FX2NC 232ADP FX3U 232ADP FC3U 232 BD HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 1 SD 2 RD E 3 RS 4 cs 5 SG Connection Diagram 9 Computer Link Unit RS485 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Male Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Name FG 8 RDA RD RDA 9 RDB RD SDA 6 SDA SD DSRA 7 SDB SD DTRA 5 SG SG SG RDB SDB DSRB STRB
9. Preface 3 e Wupe m PD EH Preface 3 Tradem rks c Preface 3 Symbols Used in this Document sssssssssem meme Preface 4 Abbreviations Generic Terms and Terminology Used in this Manual Preface 5 Device Link Communication OVEIVICW M ms 1 1 sre 1 2 Important Points Regarding Wiring ssssssse nme 1 4 Connection to External Devices f E 2 1 1 1 Connection Table iiir dete ke aan rea bestens ae pda Dod che 2 1 1 2 System ConflgUtkatlOm sisse cere een po na rr Ea FR YR RENTRER NEENA de ae 2 4 1 3 Connection Diagram wiecsceericdadicctedec accu nern ede cab ce ope UR an 2 10 1 4 Environment Settings erkenne disset tad eh 2 12 1 5 Usable Device Addresses usce dea cuperent nia e c eR ERR V i nt 2 13 MitSUbISMINEIG Tenig one eae 2 14 2 1 Connection Table usce niteretur ann eon e tre cr B n ei t RR Ra 2 14 2 2 System Configuration anna anne aa 2 20 2 3 Connection Diagramm sie dre tue hh ab Mies nina X Ed dx ee 2 26 2 4 Environment Settings uus ieena i n ka a Re br engen 2 30 2 5 Usable Device Addresses meme nne nen 2 35 OMRON area ev cen sai niv es sa ctos tli tes Ev ex alin Rand dev es Karen anal ot ipd cutn as 2 49 Bil Connection Table iiec iter sed ea ea Ton aa aA DEENA T AN E aaa 2 49 3 2 System Configuration anna Rae estate en Eier 2 52 3 3 Connection Diagra
10. Bits corresponding to online O I Link slaves are 1 and bits corresponding to offline O I Link slaves or O I Link slaves not selected for connection are 0 xk If the values of the data for the O I Link slave registration setting and the O I Link slave online data register are not the same either the registered O I Link slave does not exist or there is some problem with the O I Link slave connection Check the wiring and the settings O I Link Polling Period Register LSD101 in the O I Link slaves This register stores the value of the polling period from the O I Link master in 10 msec steps Use it to provide an indication of the response time from the O I Link master O I Link slave Error information Register LSD106 in the O I Link master When the communication error occurred between O I Link master and any O I Link slave the bit of each O I Link slave turns on for one scan time Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LSD106 Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Always 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 4 Communication Status Confirmation 4 Communication Status Confirmation 4 1 O I Link Master Error Processing The master does not display O I Link errors To monitor for errors compare LSD102 and LSD104 If they are d
11. Items Details Interface RS422 485 2 wire Baud Rate 19200 or 187500 bps Data Bits Use the same settings as for the MICRO I 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Even HG Node Address It should not be duplicated to other node addresses 1 to 126 Default 1 PLC Node Address 1 to 126 Default 2 Maximum MPI Address puc d ME 1 to 126 Default 31 Connecting with the S7 1200 via Ethernet Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Setting Name Details IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I Communication Interface Subnet mask Set the subnet mask of MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway of MICRO I IP Address Set the IP address of PLC Communication Driver Network Port Number Set the port number of PLC to communicate with MI CRO I 2 98 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 5 SIEMENS 5 5 Usable Device Addresses e S7 200 Bit Device Device T Device Name ne Address Number Range Read Address Numeral MICRO I PLC Write System Variable memory V V 0 to 102397 R W 1 Process image input register 0 to 157 R 1 Process image output register Q Q 0 to 157 R W 1 Q gt Bit memory M M 0 to 317 R W 1 a Special Memory SM SM 0 to 5497 R I Q Timer Bit T T 0 to 255 R Decimal S Counter Bit C C 0 to 255 R Decimal o Sequential control relay S S 0
12. ak Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 3 DirectLogic 205 Connects to CPU unit RS232C port PLC RS232C HG2G 5T 6 pin modular Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name FG 6 ge 1 SD TXD 4 2 RD RXD 3 3 RS SG 1 4 CS 5 SG IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 153 13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 13 4 Environment Settings D4 440 CPU Unit Communication port Items Details Interface RS232C or RS422 Data representation Hexadecimal mode Slave Address 1 to 90 Decimal Baud Rate 9600 or 19200 bps Set to the same setting Data Bits as the MICRO I 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity None or Odd Flow Control ER D4 DCM DATA COMMUNICATIONS MODULE Items Details Interface RS232C Data representation Hexadecimal mode Slave Address 1 to 90 Decimal Baud Rate 9600 or 19200 bps A Set to the same setting Data Bits as the MICRO I 8 bits Stop Bits 1 sto
13. FC4A HPH1 HMI Base Module g T omedonbiagemi Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC4A PC1 Communication Adapter MICRO I RS485 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 FC4A PC3 Communication Adapter MICRO I RS232C gq Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC4A PC1 MICRO I Communication Adapter P RS485 8 j FC4A PC3 Communication Adapter Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 MICRO I FC4A HPH1 HMI Base Module WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 5 Se2I e Jeux 0 uonpeuuo 5 5 1 IDEC MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra Connects to the Communication Module FCAA DY FCSA DY FCAA DY FC5A DY FC5A DY 2 6 RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 RS485 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 RS232C Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 11 RS485 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I IDEC OpenNet Controller MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra Connects to Web Server Unit FC5A D12K1E FC5A D12S1E PLC Connecting Cable gt Web Server Unit FC4A SX5ES1E Ethernet Ethernet e SmartAXIS Pro Lite Connects to the Communication cartridge FT1A H24 FT1A B24 FT1A H40 FT1A B40 FT1A H48 FT1A B48 IDEC FT1A PC2 FT1A PC3 RS232C Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 11 RS485 Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 11 RS485 Connection Diagram 2
14. vJo Isloalu A lw iw ir Connection Diagram 3 T1S RS485 Terminal Block PLC RS422 485 Terminal block HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name 8 RDA RD RXA 9 RDB RD RXB 6 SDA SD TXA 7 SDB SD TXB 5 SG SG Y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor E use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 187 17 Toshiba Connection Diagram 4 T1 T1S RS232C Mini DIN 8 pin Connector PLC RS232C HG2G 5T Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name P5 1 1 SD GND 2 2 RD P5 3 3 RS RTS 4 d CS GND 5 5 SG TXD 6 CTS 7 RXD 8 Connection Diagram 5 RS485 Terminal Block PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T Terminal block Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name TXA EEE 8 RDA RD TXB 9 RDB RD RXA 4 6 SDA SD TRM 7 SDB SD RXB NEN ae 5 SG SG a e 7 Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 S There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1
15. There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 E 2 28 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Connection Diagram 10 MELSEC FX Series CPU RS485 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name SDA 7 8 RDA RD SDB 4 9 RDB RD RDA 2 6 SDA SD RDB 1 7 SDB SD SG B PM 5 SG SG 6 Shield Cover 2 Mitsubishi Electric In case of HG2G 5T a connection cable part number HG9Z XC275 is available Please do not use the communication cables part number FC2A KP1C and HG9Z XC275 with FX3U and FX3UC 32 MT LT of the MELSEC FX Series described in this manual because the Mini DIN Connector interferes with the housing of the PLC There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 11 FX1N FX2N FX3U FX3G 485 BD FX2NC FX3U 485ADP 4 wire PLC RS422 485 Terminal block Name Pin No SDA SDB RDA RDB SG HG2G 5T Terminal block
16. WO WI WB is same devices as O B They are used as word devices Cross reference table of devices name Bit Device Device Name perg Borse PLC 5 irs SLC MicroLogix Input Sl Input Bit SLC MicroLogix Output so Output Bit PLC 5 Input PI Input Bit PLC 5 Output PO Output Bit Binary B Binary Binary Timer Enable bit TEN Timer Enable bit Timer Enable bit Timer Timing Bit TTT Timer Timing Bit Timer Timing Bit Timer Done Bit TDN Timer Done Bit Timer Done Bit Counter Up Enable Bit CCU Counter Up Enable Bit Counter Up Enable Bit Counter Down Enable Bit CCD Counter Down Enable Bit Counter Down Enable Bit Counter Done Bit CDN Counter Done Bit Counter Done Bit Counter Overflow Bit COV Counter Overflow Bit Counter Overflow Bit Counter Underflow Bit CUN Counter Underflow Bit Counter Underflow Bit a CUA Counter Update Accumulator Control Enable Bit REN Control Enable Bit Control Queue Bit REU Control Queue Bit Aynehronous Done RDN Control Aynchronous Done Bit m Synehtongus Bone REM Control Synchronous Done Blt Control Error Bit RER Control Error Bit Control Unload Bit RUL Control Unload Bit Control Running Bit RIN Control Running Bit Control Found Bit RFD Control Found Bit 2 88 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Word Device 4 Allen Bradley
17. Items Details Interface RS422 4 wire Slave Address 0 Baud Rate 19200 bps Bara BE Use the same settings as for the MICRO I Ss Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Even Series 16i 160i 18i 180i 30i 31i 32i Items Details Interface RS232C Slave Address 0 Baud Rate 19200 bps Ben Use the same settings as for the MICRO I em Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Even IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 161 So2I e Jeux 03 uonpoeuuo N 14 FANUC 14 5 Usable Device Addresses e Power Mate MODEL D Series 16i 160i 18i 180i 30i 31i 32i 1 The first four digits are in decimal and the last digit is in octal Bit Device l Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Relay X X 0 to 99997 R W 1 Output Relay Y Y 0 to 99997 R W 1 Int Relay R R 0 to 99997 R W 1 Keep Relay K K 0 to 99997 R W 1 Expansion Relay E E 0 to 99997 R W 1 Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Relay XW X 0 to 9998 R W Decimal Output Relay YW Y 0 to 9998 R W Decimal Int Relay RW R 0 to 9998 R W Decimal Keep Relay KW K 0 to 9998 R W Decimal Timer 1 T 0 to 9998 R W Decimal Counter C C 0 to 9998 R W Decimal Data Table D D 0 to 9998 R W Decimal Expansion Relay EW E 0 to 9998 R W Decimal
18. PLC manual The device type and the address number range vary based on the PLC model For details refer to the 2 This external device address is handled with two address numbers as one device address in WindO I NV4 Therefore you can specify an even address number only 2 162 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 15 Yokogawa Electric 15 Yokogawa Electric 15 1 Connection Table CPU unit Link Unit WindO I NV4 Settings Interface Flow Contro Communication Driver FA M3 FA M3 F3SP05 F3SP20 F3SP21 F3SP25 F3SP30 F3SP35 F3SP38 F3SP53 F3SP58 F3FP36 F3BP20 F3BP30 F3LC11 1N RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 165 ER F3LC11 2N RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 165 FA M3 F3SP05 F3SP21 F3SP25 F3SP28 F3SP35 F3SP38 F3SP53 F3SP58 Not required RS232C Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 165 None FACTORY ACE FA M3 FA M3 F3SP05 0P F3SP08 0P F3SP21 0N F3SP22 0S F3SP25 2N F3SP28 3N 3S F3SP35 5N F3SP38 6N 6S F3SP53 4H 4S F3SP58 6H 6S F3SP59 7S F3SP66 4S F3SP67 6S F3SP71 4N F3SP76 7N F3LE01 5T 0T F3LE11 0T F3LE12 0T FA M3 F3SP66 45 F3SP67 6S F3SP71 4N F3SP76 7N Not required Ethernet FACTORY ACE FA M3 Ethernet IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 163 So2I e Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOY N 15 Yokogawa Electric 15 2 System Configuration This is the s
19. Communication Driver Network IP Address Set the IP address of PLC Port Number Set the port number of PLC Default 10001 MICRO I Port Number Set the port number of MICRO I If you set 0 the port number of MICRO I is set automatically PLC Settings 1 If the Node IP Address is set to 0 0 0 0 the connection is set in the Unpassive Open mode Any nodes in the 2 148 Item Setting Transmission Parameters IP Address Set the IP address of PLC Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask of PLC Default Gateway Set the default gateway of PLC Connection Parameters Local Port Set the port number of PLC Node IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I Node Port Set the port number of MICRO I 2 Connect Type Set the TCP Protocol Type Select Extended MEMOBUS protocol Code Set the BIN register as 0 Module detailed setup Setup of a slave Interface register reading of an Inputs Status reading of an Inputs Registers reading writing of a Coil reading writing of a Holding Registers Head REG IWO0000 IW0000 MW00000 MW00000 Please set up the head register by the side of the PLC as follows Moreover please give offset of each network can access to the controller 2 To set the connection mode to Unpassive Open mode set 0 to Node Port WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual I
20. D4 440 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 153 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 153 D4 440 D4 DCM RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 153 D4 430 D4 DCM RS232C D4 440 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 153 D4 450 D4 ECOM Ethernet DirectLogic Ethernet D4 ECOM F D4 ECOM100 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 13 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES PLCs to the MICRO I DirectLogic 405 Connects to RS232C port on CPU unit go NEE 0 5 Connection Diagram 1 en 2 153 D4 440 MICRO I DirectLogic 405 Connects to RS422 port on CPU unit RS422 485 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 153 D4 440 MICRO I DirectLogic 405 Connects to RS232C port on DATA COMMUNICATIONS MODULE RS232C dem Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 153 D4 440 D4 DCM MICRO I SIND EUISIXT 0 UONDSUUOI N DirectLogic 205 Connects to RS232C port on CPU unit RS232C lt 4 gt 4 y Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 153 DirectLogic 205 MICRO I IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 151 13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES DirectLogic 405 Connects to the general purpose RS422 communication port on the CPU unit id RS422 Connection 2 Page 2 153 PLC1 PLC2 PLC3 PLCn DirectLogic Series Ethernet m Ethernet O Dire
21. RDA SDB RDB SG Slave 1 SDA RDA SDB RDB SG Slave 2 SDA RDA SDB RDB The HG4G 3G the HG2G 5F 5T 5S S and the HG4F 3F 2F 2S 1F have different O I Link Communication therefore they can not be connected on the same O I Link Communication ire N WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 Settings To use the O I Link Communication you must set the necessary items in the O I Link tab of the Configuration System Setup Project dialog box For details see the WindO I NV4 User s Manual Project Settings dialog box Tab Name Setting Name Description O I Link Type Set the MICRO I connected to the PLC as the master and the other y MICRO I as slaves 1 to 15 Make sure that the settings do not overlap O I Link MICRO I that are connected to the master MICRO I i e the one whose Slave Settings O I Link Type is registered as Master must be registered as slaves 1 to 15 Select the checkbox For the settings of the Device Link Communication refer to the table below Tab Name Setting Name Master Slave 1 to 15 Start Time sec Set it according to the environment Setting not required Use System Area When Use System Area is selected we recommend that you make the setting so that there is no overlap Overlap between system areas can
22. eee 4 10 DM Link 1 N Communication eee 4 20 Modbus RTU Slave Function eeenee 5 17 Modbus TCP Server Function ccsecsseeeeeeseeeeees 5 16 Communication Method ereere 4 1 4 6 Communication Service cseseeee 3 4 Communication Status Confirmation eese 3 5 Communication Traffic Volume of the O I Link INGEWONK een ne ana a nee 3 7 Compatible Protocols MOO OT ISTRERERBERREFERERRRRRFTERSERESTELFEEREREFETEREERFHEFESRERESFER 5 1 Connection Diagram 1 N Communication eese 6 6 Allen Br adley e cie eet rne eet ee tren 2 73 DM Link communication zensensessennennnnene nennen nennen 4 4 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual Emerson El amp Etrie eine 2 206 FANUC sanieren 2 160 PUJI ElECt IC ut nenn 2 174 GE Fanuc Automation eee 2 130 Hitachi een 2 116 BGE MET PEE PERHEERSCSEETHRISPERELHWETBARHEFFEMSPEN 2 10 INVERTER u danaa iia 2 215 JTEKT Toyoda uuensesesnennennsnnnnsennnnn mnn 2 120 dad cce M 2 106 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 2 153 ESS Sn REIFE ER IHEERELTEEEEEENTERENDPFETEREEETEFEBEFTEHER 2 195 Mitsubishi Electric cccccecssecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeees 2 26 MODUS icieesatnadnisaneguteraniianininetaunan 5 9 OMRON Et 2 58 111 EI0 11 CGREPERREPRFERFEERERFERFEEHERFHEFEEREEFEEFREFEENFERFERRR 2 137 SIEMENS u a nannten anne 2 95 TOSHIDA scararanicssamesscac
23. Default Gateway Set the default gateway of PLC 2 180 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 16 5 Usable Device Addresses 16 Fuji Electric FREX PC Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range 7 Numeral MICRO I PLC Write System Int Relay bit M M 0 to 3FF R W Hexadecimal Input Relay bit X X 0 to 7FF R Hexadecimal Output Relay bit Y Y 0 to 7FF R W Hexadecimal Exp Int Relay bit EM M 400 to IFFF R W Hexadecimal Latch Relay bit L L 0 to 3FF R W Hexadecimal Exp Latch Relay bit EL L 400 to 1FFF R W Hexadecimal Step Relay bit S S 0 to 3FF R W Hexadecimal Spec Relay bit SM SM 8000 to 81FF R W Hexadecimal Timer Relay T 0 to 3FF R Hexadecimal Counter Relay 0 to 1FF R Hexadecimal Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Data Register D D 0 to 2FFF R W Hexadecimal Input Relay word WX X 0 to 7F R Hexadecimal Output Relay word WY Y 0 to 7F R W Hexadecimal Int Relay word WM M 0 to 3F R W Hexadecimal Exp Int Relay word WEM M 40 to IFF R W Hexadecimal Latch Relay word WL L 0 to 3F R W Hexadecimal Exp Latch Relay word WEL L 40 to 1FF R W Hexadecimal Step Relay word WS S 0 to 3F R W Hexadecimal Spec Relay word WSM M 800 to 81F R W Hexadecimal Timer Curre
24. IDEC DeviceName Te S1C500 PLC S Cope SLC MicroLogix Input Word SWI Input Word SLC MicroLogix Output Word SWO Output Word PLC 5 Input Word PWI Input Word PLC 5 Output Word PWO Output Word Status S Status Status Timer Preset Value TP Timer Preset Value Timer Preset Value Timer Accumulated Value TA Timer Accumulated Value Timer Accumulated Value Counter Preset Value CP Counter Preset Value Counter Preset Value Counter Accumulated Value CA Counter Accumulated Value Counter Accumulated Value Control LEN RLEN Control LEN Control POS RPOS Control POS Bit Word WB Bit Word Bit Word Integer N Integer Integer INT Float REAL F Float REAL Long DINT Long DINT Ascii A Ascii Ascii BCD BCD BCD SINT SINT SINT String ST String WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 89 SIINDA Jeux 03 UOISUUOD 5 4 Allen Bradley Logix DF1 Full Duplex Word Device Device Type Address Number Range Address Device Name l Read Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC Range Notation System INT INT INT 0 to 999999 1 R W Decimal REAL REAL REAL 0 to 9999991 2 R W Decimal DINT DINT DINT 0 to 9999991 2 R W Decimal SINT SINT SINT 0 to 999999 1 R W Decimal For details about the address notation refer to Expression of Device Address Format Expression of Device Address Format Notation Allen Bradley WindO I NV4 contro ILogix programming s
25. RDB RD 1 A UN 5 SG 3 OMRON Q We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link Unit side for long distance transmission Ss Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor E use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Connection Diagram 4 PLC RS232C D sub 9 pin Female Connector Name Pin No FG SD RD RS CS DR SG NIAJ 0 N Connection Diagram 5 PLC RS232C D sub 9 pin Female Connector Name Pin No FG SD RD RS CS SG 9 Ui 5jo N Connection Diagram 6 PLC RS232C D sub 9 pin Female Connector Name Pin No FG SD RD RS CS DR ER SG ojlo N n BB Wl n2 IDEC CPU Unit Link Interface Shield Wire am Len a3 CPU Unit Link Interface Shield Wire Meas am at PLC RS232C Interface WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 1 SD 2 RD 3 RS 4 cs 5 SG HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name il SD 2 RD E 3 RS 4 cs 5 SG HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No N
26. RS422 4 Connecti 85 2 wire on Diagram 6 Page 2 202 None VB VH VH Not required Connects to CPU unit RS232C Connecti on Diagram 1 Page 2 201 VB 485A RS422 4 Connecti 85 2 wire on Diagram 2 Page 2 201 VB CADP RS232C Connecti on Diagram 3 Page 2 201 RS422 4 Connecti 85 2 wire on Diagram 4 Page 2 201 VB 232 RS232C Connecti on Diagram 5 Page 2 202 VB 485 RS422 4 85 2 wire Connect on Diagram 6 Page 2 202 None VB VH IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 199 SIND EUISIXT 0 UOIDSUUOD N 19 Vigor Electric 19 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of Vigor Electric PLCs to the MICRO I e VBO VB1 VB2 VH Programming Tool Communication Port RS232C bm Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 201 VBO VB1 VB2 VH VBO VB1 VB2 VH VB 485A k TE Si Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 201 VBO VB1 VB2 VH VB 485AP VBO VB1 VB2 VH VB CADP P mm SRE 4 m Connection Diagram 3 Te Daan 3 Paaa 2201 2 201 VBO VB1 VB2 VH VB CADP e ee ls 4 wire Connection Diagram 4 Connection Degen 4 cage 2 201 2 201 VBO VB1 VB2 VH VB 232 dA 2 i Connection Diagram 5 M Gannection Diagram 5 Page 2300 2 202 F VB 232 VBO VB1 VB2 VH e VBO VB1 VB2 VH VB 485 ZEE p RS485 4 wire gt aS en THRONE Li Conn
27. Set the following items on the PLC Apply the same settings as for the MICRO I Item Setting IP Address Set the IP address to PLC PORT Set the arbitrary port number For details refer to the PLC manual IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 109 SIINDA JEUJ93X3 03 UOIPSUUOY 5 6 KEYE 6 5 NCE Usable Device Addresses KV700 1000 3000 5000 5500 KV Nano RS233C RS422 485 1 2 110 Bit Device es Device Type Address Number Read Address Numeral MICRO I PLC Range Write System CPU Input Relay X X 0 to 999F R CPU Output Relay Y Y 0 to 999F R W Spec Internal Relay M M 0 to 15999 R W Exp Spec Internal Relay R R 0 to 99915 R W Link Relay B B 0 to 3FFF R W Exp Int Relay MR MR 0 to 99915 R W Latch Relay LR LR 0 to 99915 R W Control Relay CR CR 0 to 3915 R W Work Relay VB VB 0 to 3FFF R W Timer Relay T T 0 to 3999 R W Counter Relay C C 0 to 3999 R W High speed counter comparator Relay CTC CTC 0 to 3 R W ak Do not perform a set operation as a communication error will occur Only a reset action is possible for a High speed counter comparator Relay Word Device en Device Type Address Number Read Address Numeral MI CRO I PLC Range Write System Data Memory DM DM 0 to 65534 R W Exp
28. 1 2 Compatible Table WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link Unit Flow Communication Interface Control Driver Schneider Twido TWD LC A 10DRF Not required RS422 485 2 wire None Modbus RTU Master connects to CPU unit directly Connection Diagram 2 Page 5 9 Modbus ASCII Master TWD LC A 16DRF Not required RS422 485 2 wire TWD LC A 24DRF connects to CPU unit directly Connection Diagram 2 Page 5 9 TWD LCA 40DRF TWD NAC 232D RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 5 9 TWD NAC 485D RS422 485 2 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 5 9 TWD NAC 485T RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 3 Page 5 9 TWD LMDA 20DTK Not required RS422 485 2 wire TWD LMDA 20DUK connects to CPU unit directly Connection Diagram 2 Page 5 9 TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD NOZ 485D RS422 485 2 wire TWD LMDA 40DTK Connection Diagram 2 Page 5 9 TWD LMDA 40DUK TWD NOZ 232D RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 5 9 TWD NOZ 485T RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 3 Page 5 9 TWD XCP ODM TWD NAC 232D RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 5 9 TWD XCP ODM TWD NAC 485D RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 2 Page 5 9 TWD XCP ODM TWD NAC 485T RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 3 Page 5 9 Schneider Momentum 171CCC96020 Not required connects to Ethernet Port Ethernet Modbus TCP Client Only a portion of corresponding models are described Other than those above Commu
29. 2 Be certain to select as indicated 3 Select the MICRO I Station Address using the Station Address MI CRO 1 on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog box Set the Station Add Driver Network tab 2 78 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual ress for the destination PLC to Slave Number on Communication IDEC IDEC 4 5 Usable Device Addresses MI CRO I supports the following device types and range WindO I NV4 supports the device address format as same as MicroLogix SLC 500 PLC 5 programming software along with the standard device address format of WindO I NV4 Allen Bradley device address format This device address format is same as the device address format of Allen Bradley s software Some part of the format is deferent Refer to the following a WindO I NV4 device address format File Number Element and Bit Number are separated by some delimiters in device address format of Allen Bradley s software However WindO I NV4 device address format does not contain delimiters It is remove some delimiters from Allen Bradley s device address format e MicroLogix SLC 500 Full Duplex 4 Allen Bradley Bit Device Device Type Address Number Range Address Device Name Read Numeral MICRO I PLC Range Notation Write System Output 0 O 0 to 1625515 1 R Decimal Input 0 to 1625515 1 Decimal Bi
30. 3 The address number format is as follows DB 255 510 L 3 digits Address number 0 to 510 3 digits Data Block number 1 to 255 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 101 SZINDA JEUJ93X3 03 UOIDSUUOD 5 5 SIEMENS e S7 1200 Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC System Input Bit 0 to 10237 R W 1 Output Bit 0 to 10237 R W 1 Internal Relay Bit 0 to 40957 R W 1 Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC System Input Word IW 0 to 1022 R W 2 Output Word QW 0 to 1022 R W 2 Internal Relay Word MW 0 to 4094 R W 2 Data Block DB DB 10000 to 999998 R W 2 3 xk When MICRO I accesses the data block which is not configured in the PLC communication error occurs Configure the data blocks by using the PLC software Only Global Data Block can be accessed Select Standard as Block access when you create a new Data Block Data Type in Data Block must be Word 1 All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in octal 2 Only an even number can be specified 3 The first two digits indicate the Data Block number and the last four digits indicate the address number 2 102 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 6 KEYENCE 6 1 Connection Table 6 KEYEN
31. Bit Device Device Name zen Li Address Number Range Read Address Numeral MICRO I PLC Write System Core I O CIO CIO 0 to 614315 R W 1 Work Area WR WR 0 to 51115 R W 1 Holding Bit HR HR 0 to 51115 R W 1 EN Auxiliary Bit AR AR 0 to 95915 R 1 Q Timer Contact TIMC TIMC 0 to 4095 R 3 Counter Contact CNTC CNTC 0 to 4095 R A Task Bit TK TK 0 to 31 R Q Word Device Device Name PENSE DE Address Number Range Read Address Numeral x MICRO I PLC Write System D Core 1 0 wclo CIO 0 to 6143 R W 5 Work Area WWR WR 0 to 511 R W 9 Holding Bit WHR HR 0 to 511 R W Q Auxiliary Bit WAR AR 0 to 959 R ia Timer Present value TIMN TIM 0 to 4095 R W 2 Counter Present value CNTN CNT 0 to 4095 R W Data Memory DM DM 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 0 EMO EMO 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 1 EM1 EM1 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 2 EM2 EM2 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 3 EM3 EM3 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 4 EM4 EM4 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 5 EM5 EM5 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 6 EM6 EM6 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 7 EM7 EM7 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 8 EM8 EM8 0 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 9 EM9 EM9 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank A EMA EMA 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank B EMB EMB 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank C EMC EMC 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank D
32. Do not transmit the following command until the external device receives the response of a command which transmitted to the display machine or serves as a timeout 4 21 Uuoneo iunuuuuo urT1 Wd gt 8 DM Link 1 N Communication Format 8 2 Write This command is used by the external device to write data to the MICRO I data memory One command can write a maximum of 255 words of data Command Format J Station W DM Address Words DM Address DM Address n 1 BCC 5 Number n data data R Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower H L H L H L H L H LHj L H L HL PAPE ia Description Command Code Description Bytes ENQ 05h Command Start 1 Station Number DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII 2 W 57h Write Command 1 DM address to start writing from DM Address The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code 1 Words Number of words to write 2 The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code DM Address Data 4xn Data The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code n is the number The words are in order from the lowest address of words Only added when with BCC is set BCC Exclusive OR Hexadecimal from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII 2 code CR ODh End 1 Response Format Normal response A Station
33. Page 2 10 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I 1 IDEC 2 7 SIINDA JEUISIXTF 0 UOP UUOD 2 8 1 IDEC e SmartAXIS Pro Lite FT1A H24 FT1A B24 FT1A H40 FT1A B40 FT1A H48 FT1A B48 Ethernet MICRO I 1 N Communication OpenNet Controller MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra SmartAXIS Pro Lite The 1 N communication can be established by using the following connections OpenNet Controller Connects to RS485 port of the CPU unit MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra Connects to Port 2 MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra Connects to Communication module SmartAXIS Pro Lite Connects to Communication cartridge MICRO I RS485 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 iuri A sy cs a C J i i i PLC1 PLC2 PLC3 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 1 IDEC 1 N Communication OpenNet Controller MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra SmartAXIS Pro Lite Connects to Web Server Unit The 1 N communication can be established by using the following connections OpenNet Controller Connects to the Web Server Unit MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra Connects to the Web Server Unit MICROSmart Pentra FC5A D12K1E FC5A D12S1E Do not use the Web Server Unit SmartAXIS Pro Lite Do not use the Web Server Unit MICRO I Eth
34. 14 Compatible PrototolS siidine een ee 5 1 1 2 Compatible Table sans nee nen 5 2 System ConflgUlkatlOn nuox er teta Rer itin india Rex een dud Medius aes in 5 3 2 1 Modbus RTU3MASEBI ins Enno er 5 3 2 2 Modbus ASCII Master nn ee Pii aa 5 3 2 3 Modbus TCP Client karte ne 5 3 2 4 Modbus TCP Server een 5 3 2 5 Modbus RTU SlaN E E 5 4 2 6 E o o EEEE AE A E EAA AE 5 4 2 7 Momentum MODUBS TCP Client csse menn 5 7 Connection Diagram une ee a ide MER ERN IUE 5 9 3 1 Connection Diagram 1 TWDNAC232D isisssseee meme 5 9 3 2 Connection Diagram 2 TWDNACA85D issssssesee Henne 5 9 3 3 Connection Diagram 3 TWDNACABST eeina 5 9 Environment Settlngs count inr tabs de ntes Pe ue pP FEE URL e eda E Leu ue 5 10 Al JIWIdOuss s eerie ae roii dd edd re RR errore up En Finale een 5 10 4 2 Momentum Modbus TCP Client cseseseeee menn 5 10 Usable Device Addresses sssssesseseeee mme emen 5 11 5 1 Modbus RTU Master Modbus ASCII Master Modbus TCP Client 5 11 5 2 Twido Modbus RTU Master c cccccececseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeeeeaeetaneeteaneeaes 5 11 5 3 Momentum Modbus TCP Client cccccccececeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeteeaseeeeeeteanentes 5 11 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function 2zessessessnenensennnnn nenn 5 12 6 1 Overview of the Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function 5 12 6 2 Modbus TCP Server function syst
35. 3 Important Connection Diagram 6 T2N RS232C D sub 15 pin Connector RS232C RS485 PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 15 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name N C 4 1 SD TXD 5 2 RD RTS 6 3 RS SG Z7 4 CS SG 8 5 SG N C 9 RXD 12 CTS 14 SG 2 188 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 17 Toshiba Connection Diagram 7 T2N RS485 D sub 15 pin Connector RS232C RS485 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T D sub 15 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name N C 1 8 RDA RD RXA 2 9 RDB RD TXA 3 6 SDA SD N C 4 7 SDB SD SG 7 5 SG SG 8 N C 9 RXB 10 TXB 11 N C 13 SG 15 Y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 s 2n q Jeux 03 UOISUUOD 5 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 189 17 Toshiba 17 4 Environment Settings Attend to the limitation of the configuration It depends on the CPU unit and Link unit e PROSEC T Series V Series Items Details Interface RS232C RS485 2 wire or RS485 4 wire Slave Number 1 to 32 Decimal Baud Rate 1200 2400
36. 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Flow Control None or ER PLC Model Check PROSEC Series Uncheck EX100 Series For details of communication setting refer to the PROSC T Series and V Series user s manual 2 190 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 17 Toshiba 17 5 Usable Device Addresses Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range 3 Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input device X X 0 to 8191F R 1 Output device Y Y 0 to 8191F R W 1 EN Auxiliary device R R 0 to 4095F R W 1 O Special device S S 0 to 511F R W 1 i Timer device TS T 0 to 999 R Decimal 2 Counter device CS C 0 to 511 R Decimal Q Link device Z Z 0 to 999F R W Link relay L L 0 to 255F R W 1 Word Device a i Device Type Read Address 5 Device Name Address Number Range 2 Numeral m MI CRO I PLC Write System y Input register XW XW 0 to 8191 R Decimal S Output register YW YW 0 to 8191 R W Decimal D Auxiliary register RW RW 0 to 4095 R W Decimal Special register SW SW 0 to 511 R W Decimal Timer register T T 0 to 999 R Decimal Counter register C C 0 to 511 R Decimal Data register D D 0 to 8191 R W Decimal Link register W W 0 to 2047 R W Decimal Link relay register LW LW 0 to 255 R W Decimal File register F F 0 to 32767 R W
37. 8000 to 8317 R W 1 Input Bit 0 to 627 R 1 Output Bit Q Q 0 to 627 R W 1 Timer Contact T T 0 to 255 Decimal Counter Contact C C 0 to 255 R Decimal Shift Register Bit R R 0 to 255 Decimal Word Device Device Name ai ao AE Address Number Range Read Write rbd bd Data Register D D 0 to 49999 R W Decimal Input Word WI 0 to 620 R Decimal 2 Output Word WQ Q 0 to 620 R W Decimal Internal Relay Word WM M 0 to 2540 8000 to 8300 R W Decimal Timer Current TC T 0 to 255 R Decimal Counter Current CC C 0 to 255 R Decimal Timer Preset TP T 0 to 255 R W Decimal Counter Preset CP C 0 to 255 R W Decimal Link Register L L 100 to 1317 R W 1 Shift Register Word WR R 0 to 240 R Decimal 3 Error Register E 0 to 5 R W Decimal xh MI CRO I Set the Special Internal Relay M8014 of OpenNet Controller to ON if you connect OpenNet Controller to in Usage limitations may exist for PLC devices depending on the operating conditions Refer to the PLC Q manual to confirm performance under your actual operating conditions 1 Set the ones place of this address number in octal 2 Set this address number in multiples of 20 3 Set this address number in multiples of 16 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 13 SIINDA Jeux 03 UOIPSUUOY 5 2 Mitsubishi Electric Selecting MELSEC Q CPU MELSEC FX CPU MELSEC FX2N CPU or MELSEC FX3U CPU for the Communication Driver allow
38. DM Address data DM Address data xH Upper Lower Upper H L HIL Upper Lower H L H L DM Address n 1 Lower H LIJHIL or AZ an po9 10113 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual Do not transmit the following command until the external device receives the response of a command which transmitted to the display machine or serves as a timeout UOHSdIIUNUWILUOD JUN Wd gt 7 DM Link 1 1 Communication Format Read Communication Example To read the two words of data in DM200 and DM201 without BCC Basic protocol format If the data in DM200 is 4951 1357h and the data in DM201 is 9320 2468h the sequence is as follows The DM address 200 00C8h is converted and expressed as ASCII code External Device MICRO I The shaded part of the command is ASCII code WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 7 DM Link 1 1 Communication Format 7 2 Write This command is used by the external device to write data to the MICRO I data memory One command can write a maximum of 255 words of data Command Format J E W DM Address Words DM Address DM Address n 1 GC A n data data R Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower H L H L HL H IL IH L Hi LIGNE Description Command Code Descriptio
39. Ethernet switch use a cable that can be used with the hub Control Logix CompactLogix FlexLogix CPU Unit RS232C Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 74 ControlLogix MICRO I CompactLogix FlexLogix 2 72 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 4 Allen Bradley 4 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 PLC RS232C D sub 9 pin Male Connector Connection Diagram 2 SLC 500 RS232C HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name CD il 1 SD RD 2 2 RD SD 3 3 RS ER 4 4 CS SG 5 5 SG DR 6 RS y CS 8 Ll Interface Module RS232C and PLC 5 RS232C PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name FG 1 m 7 1 SD SD 2 2 RD RD 3 3 RS RTS 4 4 CS CTS 5 5 SG DSR 6 SG 7 DCD 8 DTR 20 Connection Diagram 3 Interface Module RS422 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name FG 1 I 8 RDA RD SDA 14 BKE REM 9 RDB RD SDB 25 1 6 SDA SD RDA 16 im 7 SDB SD RDB 18 mT 35 5 SG SG
40. HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name SDB 2 8 RDA RD SDA 1 9 RDB RD RDB 4 6 SDA SD RDA 3 7 SDB SD SG 5 5 SG There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 107 SIINDA JEUJ93X3 0 UOISUUOD 5 6 KEYENCE 6 4 Environment Settings e KV 700 Conventional KV series Visual KV series Item Setting Interface RS232C Baud Rate 9600 bps Data Bits 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Even For details refer to the PLC manual When performing communication with the CPU unit for KV 700 check the Connect CPU Unit Enable Link Unit Disable check box on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog box e KV 1000 3000 Item Setting Interface RS232C Baud Rate 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Even See the operation manual of PLC for more information When setting the baud rate to less than 4800 bps communications was executed at a baud rate of 9600 bps When performing communication with he CPU unit for KV 1000 3000 select the Connec
41. I Connection Diagram 11 ad Page 2 29 FX1N t FX1N CNV BD 4 FX2NC 485ADP i FX2N FX2N CNV BD RS485 2 wire Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 i RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX3U 232ADP RS485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 FX3U 485ADP RS485 2 wire Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 RS232C ud Connection Diagram 8 mE Page 2 28 FX3U t FX3U CNV BD 4 FX3U 232ADP FX3G FX3G CNV ADP RS485 4 wire I Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 FX3U t FX3U CNV BD FX2NC 485ADP FX3G FX3G CNV ADP Sa Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 2 24 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I IDEC 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC Q QnA Series Connects to the Ethernet Unit E q_Ethemet TCP IP u Q00 CPU QOOCPU QO1CPU Q02CPU gt QJ71E71 100 MICRO I QO2HCPU QO6HCPU QJ 71E71 B5 Q12HCPU Q25HCPU QJ 71E71 B2 q__Ethemet TCP IP d 5 Q4ACPU Q4ARCPU l Q3ACPU Q2ACPU S1 4 AJ71QE71N3 T MICRO I AJ 71QE71N3 T AJ 71QE71N B5 i qmm q_Ethemet TCP IP Q2ASHCPU S1 Q2ASHCPU 4 gt A1S 71QE71N3 T MICRO I Q2ASCPU S1 Q2ASHCPU ALS 71QE71N B2 ALS 71QE71N B5 SIINDA Lux 01 uorsauuoo N EA Use a crossover cable to connect the MICRO I and PLC directly lt i When using a hub E
42. If it is disabled the Ack acknowledge button is not displayed in the error message Specifies whether or not to automatically try connecting the MICRO to the Station No when the communication error occurred To retry manually either write 1 in the 2nd bit initialization of the device address set under Batch monitor error information for all Station No s mentioned later or write 1 in the 1st bit connection settings of the device addresses assigned to the relevant Station No s set under Individually monitor error information for each Station No The communication for the other PLC stations stop while retrying the disconnecting PLC station Auto retry Specifies the device address that stores communication error information for all Station No s It is only possible to set HMI devices The following kind of information is stored as error information For details refer to Chapter 6 Communication error information on page 6 4 Initialization Conditions under which the error occurred Read error log Write error log Batch monitoring the communication error information for all Station Numbers Specifies the device address that stores communication error information for each Station No It is only possible to set HMI devices Take care to avoid redundant addresses when using this setting as this error information occupies up to 256 devices The following kind of information is stored as error informatio
43. Page 2 137 MICRO I RS422 Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 137 AFP8550 RS422 C14 C16 C24 C40 C56 C72 uaaa MICRO I C24C C40C C56C C72C Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 138 FPZ RS232C 0 Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 138 AFPG801 MICRO I C32T C24R2 C32T2 FPE RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 138 AFPG802 MICRO I C32T C24R2 C32T2 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 135 11 Panasonic FPE 1 RS485 lt gt EE Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 138 AFPG803 MICRO I C32T C24R2 C32T2 RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 139 FP2 FP2SH MICRO I FP10 FP10SH RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 139 MICRO I AFP3462 RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 139 FP2 FP2SH MICRO I AFP2462 2 136 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 11 Panasonic 11 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 FPO FPX PLC RS232C HG2G 5T 2 Mini DIN 5 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name Q SG 1 1 SD 3 SD
44. RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 10 Page 2 29 FX2NC 232ADP RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX1N Not required RS422 485 4 wire connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 27 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 10 Page 2 29 FX1N 232 BD RS232C ER Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 27 FX1N 422 BD RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 27 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 10 Page 2 29 FX1N CNV BD FX2NC 232ADP RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX2N Not required RS422 485 4 wire connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 27 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 10 Page 2 29 FX2N 232 BD RS232C ER Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 27 FX2N 422 BD RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 27 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 10 Page 2 29 FX2N CNV BD FX2NC 232ADP RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX3UC Not required RS422 485 4 wire MELSEC FX3UC CPU FX3U connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 27 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 10 Page 2 29 FX3U 232ADP RS232C or Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX3U CNV BD FX3U 232ADP FX3U 232 BD RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX3U ENET L 2 Ethernet MELSEC F X3U Ethernet 1 These are communication boards 2 When connecting with MELSEC FX3UC FX2NC CNV IF or FX3UC 1PS 5V is required IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual SIND Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOY 5 2 Mitsubishi Elect
45. System Use System Areas 3 4 affect operation Watch Dog Device Address Time sec Set according to your application Communication Interface SERIAL1 RS232C Select the External Device Communication 1 Setting not required SERIAL1 RS422 485 Select the O I Link Master Select the O I Link Slave Baud Rate Match to the setting of O I Link Match to the setting of O I Link slave master Communication Driver Manufacturer Communication Driver For the External Device Communication 1 settings make them the same for all MICRO I Transmission Wait X10 msec Time Out X100 msec Retry Cycles Set it according to the environment For the External Device Communication 1 settings make them the same for all MICRO I Other setting Match to the setting of the PLC that you will use IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual uone iunuuuJo JUN 1 0 lw 3 Communication Service 3 Communication Service 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 4 The O I Link Master is equipped with registers for changing the O I Link slave connection settings and for monitoring the online status of the O I Link slaves In addition the O I Link slaves are equipped with a register that can be used to monitor the polling period of the O I Link master cw Online status indicates that the master and a slave are communicating normally Q And offlin
46. The Read exception status function reads the data from the device holding special status information using the Modbus protocol Since the MICRO I does not have special registers the exception status is read by bit 0 to 7 of HR400001 This function is not supported in Modbus RTU Slave function Exception code The following table describes the exception codes that are sent upon an error response Exception a code Name Description Indicates that a function code that is not defined by the Modbus protocol or i IELEGAL FUNGTION a function code that is not supported by the MICRO I is designated The address information included in the data is invalid For example when reading the number of read words starting from the starting reference No is JEEESAL DETSSDDRESS for the read this exception code is sent if the data exceeds the maximum address of the device 03 ILLEGAL DATA VALUE The value of the data is invalid This exception code is also sent when the number of data is invalid IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 5 23 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function 5 24 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Chapter 6 Communication with Multiple Extemal Devices 1 About 1 N Communication Multi drop 1 1 Outline For a communication driver that supports the 1 N Communication function Device Link Communication is possible by connecting multiple external devices to a s
47. When Auto retry is disabled communication is not made with the Station No where the communication error occurred but if this bit is used for initialization communication is resumed with all Station No s Bit 4 Conditions under which the error occurred If an error is occurring at a Station No this bit turns to 1 When the system recovers from the communication error it automatically turns to 0 It is always 0 when Auto retry is disabled When the Bit 0 connection settings of the Communication error information for each Station No settings is 0 the conditions under which the error occurred at each Station No are not reflected in this bit Bit 6 Read error log If a read error occurs on a device used on the MICRO I 1 is written It will not change to 0 even after the system recovers from the read error To make it 0 write 1 in the Bit 1 initialization Bit 7 Write error log If a write error occurs on a device used on the MICRO I 1 is written It will not change to 0 even after the system recovers from the write error To make it 0 write 1 in the Bit 1 initialization WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 Settings of the 1 N Communication Communication error information for each Station Number The Communication error Information setting stores all communication error information To refer to error information for each Station No use this setting Communication error inf
48. 18 SD A 12 RD B 11 RD A 10 RTS A 6 CTS A 15 RTS B 14 CTS B 8 SG 7 PLC RS485 HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 SG 10 GE Fanuc Automation atk Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines 7 Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important PLC RS232C RJ 45 8 pin modular connector Connection Diagram 4 Name Pin No 5V Shield Wire TXD RXD RTS CTS DTR GND DCD AH Jw s o o u m IDEC PLC RS232C Bazar B WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 1 SD 2 RD 3 RS 4 CS 5 SG 2 131 s 2n q Jeux 03 uonpeuuo 5 10 GE Fanuc Automation 10 4 Environment Settings Series 90 30 Communication Coprocessor Module CMM Item Setting Interface RS232C or RS485 4 wire Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 bps Data Bits See ee due Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Flow Control None Configuration Mode SNP Only SNP Enable Yes SNP Mo
49. 4 wire Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 196 MICRO I 2 194 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 18 3 Connection Diagram 18 LSIS The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 MASTER K K10S1 Loader Port PLC RS232C HG2G 5T Mini DIN 6 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name NC 1 ae as 1 SD RD 2 7 634 2 RD SD 3 3 RS NC 4 4 CS SG 5 5 SG NC 6 Connection Diagram 2 MASTER K K805 1205 2005 Loader Port PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Male Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name 5V 1 1 SD RXD1 2 2 RD TXD1 B 3 RS RXD2 4 4 CS SG 5 5 SG 5V 6 TXD2 7 SG 8 SG 9 Connection Diagram 3 MASTER K Interface Module RS232C Port PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name CD 1 1 SD RXD 2 2 RD TXD 3 3 RS DTR 4 4 CS SG 5 5 SG DSR 6 RTS y CTS 8 RI 9 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 195 SIINDA Jeux 03 UOIDSUUOD 5 18 LSIS Connection Diagram 4 MASTER K Interface Module RS485 Port PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T Terminal block Te
50. 7 3 Connection Diagram tM 2 116 7 4 Environment Setter san namen arena nenne 2 117 7 5 Usable Device Addresses sssesssesseseeene meme nnn 2 118 Iz MEET PLE 2 119 meridie 2 119 9 2 System Conflig latlOm du eoe har ME nnd sinn naeh MR RARE 2 119 8 3 Connection Diagramm nina een 2 120 98 4 Environment Settifigs sei eee ree ree eee ee SE FR ne 2 121 8 5 Usable Device Addresses emen 2 122 TOSHIBA MACHINE ieri rennen n ner then ine nnn hentai re rere a nx nenn 2 125 9 1 Connection Table ea ae nenne 2 125 9 2 System Configuration u nee cnn enne ai mie RR 2 125 9 3 Connection DiagFam ici cessent ee aha 2 126 9 4 ENVIFONMENESELEING Snake nene nenne neun A 2 127 9 5 Usable Device Addresses uusnsuensnennanennnnnnannnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnn nennen nennen 2 127 GE Fan c Automation seien ana 2 128 10 1 Connection Table nannten 2 128 10 2 System Configuration nein 2 129 10 3 Connection Diagram idend alcance ie cen C RR a Oe di uA 2 130 10 4 Environment Settings iiie nnt anna nenn 2 132 10 5 Usable Device Addfi8esses eee nennt a ee een 2 133 PANASONIC EEUU 2 134 TL Connection Table esisiini fete nee utin UR RR 2 134 11 2 System Configuration nennen EAEE bene 2 135 11 3 Connection Diagtalri coiere rhet nennen ahnen 2 137 114 Environment Settings haette Eee 2 140 11 5 Usable Device Addresses sssesssseseeeeme n emen 2 142 YASKAWA ElGCERC ae ann
51. Allen Bradley Expression of Device Address Format 2 80 MicroLogix 1200 Notation Allen Bradley WindO I NV4 E programming software 1 I 2 12 6 I 201206 1 2 12 6 1to 2 digits Bit number C2 digits Bit number 1 to 3 digits Word number 3 digits Word number 1to 2 digits Slot number 1to 2 digits Slot number 2 B 10 123 5 B 1012305 B10 123 5 1 to 2 digits Bit number 2 digits Bit number 1to 3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number 1 to 3 digits File number 1 to 3 digits File number 3 TEN 12 123 TEN 12123 TEN12 123 L 1 to 3 digits Element number L 3 digits Element number 1 to 3 digits File number 1 to 3 digits File number xh Word Device A communication error occurs if you specify a file or element that is not allocated to the MicroLogix 1200 or SLC 500 data table map Device Type Address Number Range Address Device Name Read Numeral MICRO I PLC Range Notation Write System Output wo O 0 to 16255 1 R Decimal Input WI 0 to 16255 1 Decimal Status S S 2000 to 2065 2 R Decimal Bit WB B 3000 to 3255 9000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal Timer Preset Value TP T P 4000 to 4255 9000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal Timer Accumulated Value TA T A 4000 to 4255 9000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal Counter Preset Value CP C P 5000
52. Areas 3 4 Watch Dog When Watch Dog is selected set the Device Address and the Time for the write interval Device Address Time sec Communication Interface Interface Select the interface used for the Device Link Communication Configuration Function Select the Function to be used The details of External Device Communication 1 to the External Device Communication 4 are configured on the Communication Driver tab For details about O Link Communication refer to Chapter 3 O I Link Communication on page 3 1 Baud Rate The settings vary based on the external device used Refer to Data Bits Chapter 2 Connection to External Devices on page 2 1 Stop Bits Parity Flow Control Serial Interface Communication Driver Manufacturer Select the manufacturer and the communication driver from the list of compatible External Devices given in Chapter 2 Connection to External Devices on page 2 1 that corresponds to the one you will Communication Driver Connection be using Transmission Wait The settings vary based on the external device used For detail refer X10 msec to Chapter 2 Connection to External Devices on page 2 1 If there is no setting given for the transmission wait set it to 0 Time Out x100 msec This is the time that the MICRO I will wait for a reply from the External Device after it sends a communication command When this time elapses the MICRO I will send th
53. Bit SP SP 0 to 777 Octal Timers Bit T T 0 to 377 R Octal Counters Bit CT CT 0 to 377 Octal Stages Bit S S 0 to 1777 R W Octal Remote Input Bit GX GX 0 to 3777 R W Octal Remote Output Bit GY GY 0 to 3777 R W Octal With a Bit Write operation the word data is first read from the PLC and a logic operation AND or OR is ak performed on the relevant bit before writing it to the PLC to ensure that the values of other bits in the same channel are preserved However be certain that the PLC does not modify the data in the channel during the time that the MICRO I is writing the data Word Device 2 158 Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC System Input Points Word VX V 40400 to 40477 R Octal Output Points Word VY V 40500 to 40577 R W Octal Control Relays Word VC V 40600 to 40777 R W Octal Special Relays Word VSP V 41200 to 41237 Octal Timers Word VT V 41100 to 41117 Octal Counters Word VCT V 41140 to 41157 R Octal Stages Word VS V 41000 to 41077 R W Octal Timer Current Values TA V 0 to 377 R W Octal Counter Current Values CA V 1000 to 1377 R W Octal 400 to 777 Data Words V V 1200 to 7577 R W Octal 10000 to 35777 700 to 777 System parameters VSYS V 7400 to 7777 R Octal 36000 to 37777 Remote Input Word VGI 40000 to 40177 R W Octal Remote Output Word VGY 40200 to 40377 R W Oct
54. C 2000 to 2551 R 3 Data Register D D 0 to 999 R W State Ws WS 0 to 976 R W 2 1 Set this address number in octal 2 Set this address number in multiples of 16 3 This device is a 32 bit device The first three digits indicate the address number in decimal and the last digit indicates whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32 bit data in binary IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 43 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC FX2N CPU Bit Device Device Name hi rn Address Number Range re ey Input Relay X X 0 to 337 R 1 Output Relay Y Y 0 to 337 R W 1 Internal Relay M M 0 to 3071 R W Timer Relay TS T 0 to 255 Counter Relay CS C 0 to 255 R Special Int Relay SM SM 8000 to 8255 State S S 0 to 999 R W Word Device Device Name Le T Address Number Range d Es Input Relay WX X 0 to 360 R 1 2 Output Relay WY Y 0 to 360 R W 1 2 Internal Relay WM M 0 to 3056 R W 2 Timer current value TN T 0 to 255 R Counter current value CN C 0 to 199 R 32 Bit Counter current value DCN C 2000 to 2551 R 3 Data Register D D 0 to 7999 R W State ws S 0 to 976 R W 2 Special Int Relay WSM SM 8000 to 8240 R 2 Special Register SD SD 8000 to 8255 R 1 Set this address number in octal 2 Set this address number in multiples of 16 3 This device is a 32 bit device The first three digits indicate the address
55. Conceptual Diagram fo Communication MICRO I Communication device MICRO I HR 400001 1 co 1 nome HR 400002 127 C1 0 HR 400003 0 C2 0 i HR 400004 0 C3 0 HR 465535 1234 C 65535 HR 465546 5678 C 65536 m Write Computer PLC or other external devices 7x Modbus communication is the open protocol For detail information visit the web site at http Q www modbus org 5 12 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function 6 2 Modbus TCP Server function system configuration System Configuration The following is the system configuration MICRO I Ethernet 10BASE T LI External device External device External device External device E Up to 4 external devices can communicate with a single MICRO I unit at one time a The MICRO I unit and an external device can be directly connected on a 1 1 basis by bypassing a hub In this case use a crossing cable for the connection Wiring Make sure to use commercially available LOBASE T ready cables for connecting the devices Use a straight cable when using a hub and use a crossing cable when directly connecting to the MI CRO I and an external device 6 3 Mod
56. Data Memory E EM EM 0 to 65534 R W Exp Data Memory F FM FM 0 to 32767 R W File register ZF ZF 0 to 131071 R W Link Register W W 0 to 3FFF R W Temporary Memory TM TM 0 to 511 R W Timer Current TC TC 0 to 39991 R W 1 Timer Preset TS TS 0 to 39991 R W 1 Counter Current CC CC 0 to 39991 R W 1 Counter Preset CS CS 0 to 39991 R W High speed counter Current CTH CTH 0 to 11 R W 1 High speed counter comparator Preset CTCS CTCS 0 to 31 R W 1 Digital Trimmer AT AT 0 to 71 R Index Register Z Z 1 to 12 R W Control Memory CM CM 0 to 11998 R W Work Memory VM VM 0 to 59999 R W This is a 32 bit device WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 6 KEYENCE KV3000 5000 5500 Ethernet Bit Device Bean Device Type Address Number Read Address Numeral MICRO I PLC Range Write System CPU Input Relay X X 0 to 999F R CPU Output Relay Y Y 0 to 999F R W Spec Internal Relay M M 0 to 15999 R W EN Exp Spec Internal Relay R R 0 to 99915 R W Link Relay B B 0 to 3FFF R W 9 Exp Int Relay MR MR 0 to 99915 R W a Latch Relay LR LR 0 to 99915 R W a Control Relay CR CR 0 to 3915 R W 9 Work Relay VB VB 0 to 3FFF R W 8 Timer Relay T T 0 to 3999 R W m Counter Relay C C 0 to 3999 R W T High speed counter comparator Relay CTC CTC 0 to 3 R W 5 ak Do not perform a set operation as a communication error will occur y S 0 Only a re
57. Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 83 Hexadecimal ES Byte 8 Byte 2 Exception code 01 or 02 z Example Reading of HR400001 1 word The read value is 1234 Hexadecimal e O 03h 00h 00h 00h 01h 03h 02h 12h 34h T Request Normal response FC16 Write multiple registers Writing to Holding Register HR consecutively Request Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 10 Hexadecimal Byte 8 9 Byte 2 3 Reference Number Byte 10 11 Byte 4 5 Number of write words 1 to 100 words Byte 12 Byte 6 Number of write bytes 2 x number of write words From Byte 13 From Byte 7 Write data Normal response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 10 Hexadecimal Byte 8 9 Byte 2 3 Reference Number From Byte 10 From Byte 4 Number of write words Error response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 90 Hexadecimal Byte 8 Byte 2 Exception code 01 or 02 Example Writing to HR400001 1 word The write value is 1234 Hexadecimal 10h 00h 00h 00h Oih 02h 12h 34h 10h 00h 00h 00h Oih IDEC Request WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual Normal response 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function FC1 Read coils Reading of Coil C consecutively 5 20
58. During Bit Write operation the MI CRO I reads the byte data including the designated bit from the PLC performs logical AND or OR operation with the designated bit and writes the result into the PLC therefore all other bits in the byte are not changed 2 156 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES DirectLogic 205 Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Points Bit X X 0 to 1777 R Octal Output Points Bit Y Y 0 to 1777 R W Octal Control Relays Bit C C 0 to 3777 R W Octal 5 Stages Bit S S 0 to 1777 R W Octal O Timer Status Bit TS T 0 to 377 R Octal S Counter Status Bit CS CT 0 to 377 R Octal D Remote In Bit GX GX 0 to 3777 R W Octal Remote Out Bit GY GY 0 to 3777 R W Octal 2d Special Relays Bit SP SP 0 to 777 R Octal Word Device Ai Device Type Read Address 3 Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Points Word XW V 40400 to 40477 R Octal 2 Output Points Word YW V 40500 to 40577 R W Octal P Control Relays Word CW V 40600 to 40777 R W Octal Stages Word SW V 41000 to 41077 R W Octal Remote In Word GXW V 40000 to 40177 R W Octal Remote Out Word GYW V 40200 to 40377 R W Octal Special Relays Word SPW V 41200 to 41237 R Octal Timer Values TV V 0 to
59. EMD EMD 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank E EME EME 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank F EMF EMF 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 10 EM10 EM10 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 11 EM11 EM11 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 12 EM12 EM12 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 13 EM13 EM13 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 14 EM14 EM14 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 15 EM15 EM15 0 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 16 EM16 EM16 0 to 32767 R W 1 The last two digits indicate the bit number 0 to 15 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 67 3 OMRON Word Device Device Name ET pus DP Address Number Range Whe Sra ce api in Expansion Data Memory Bank 17 EM17 EM17 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 18 EM18 EM18 0 to 32767 R W Task Area Status TKS TKS 0 to 31 R Index Register IR IR 0 to 151 R W Data Register DR DR 0 to 15 R W In SYSMAC CS1 C Ethernet Index Register is defined as a 32bit device and all 32bits are available This register is originally 32bit device in OMRON PLC but only lower 16bits are available in SYSMAC CS1 series Communication Driver This is different from SYSMAC CS1 series Communication Driver X The usable address number range of the Expansion Data Memory varies based on the CPU model For Q details refer to the manual for SYSMAC CS1 series e
60. Emerson ROC device address C How to select the Point Type Parameter and Location on page2 209 CP How to enter the TLP manually on page2 210 2 208 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 20 Emerson Electric How to select the Point Type Parameter and Location 1 Select the Point type Parameter Location and then click OK The selected device address is displayed in the Destination Device Address External Device 0 0 Point Type Parameter Configurable Opcode Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs 3 Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Pulse Inputs AGA Flow Parameters 8 History Parameters 0 AGA Flow Calculation Values Clock 3 Flags Comm Ports System Variables 5 FST Registers 7 Soft Point Parameters 9 Database Parameters Module Information Information for User Defined Points M dis WI Concor Eg 0 Sequence Revision Datai Data2 Data3 Data4 Data5 Data6 Data7 Data8 Data9 Data10 Datail Datai2 Data13 Datai4 Data15 Data16 Data17 Matto 3 5 6 7 9 m o kA EA A A ea CONDO d O0 I9 Data Type TLP tty The following shows the way to set TLP Selection which is selected in Emerson ROC software Emerson ROC WindO I NV4 Point Type Point Type Select Point Type which you selected in Emerson ROC software fr
61. Extended edge detection EP EP 0 to FFF R W Extended timer contact ET ET 0 to 7FF R Extended counter contact EC EC 0 to 7FF R Extended input GX GX 0 to FFFF R W i Extended output GY GY 0 to FFFF R W is Extended Internal relay GM GM 0 to FFFF R W i 1 Parameter set program No in Link parameter is an objective of command processing When the built in standard link parameters are not set Probraml is an objective of command processing 2 These devices are available in the case of a PC3J G mode 2 122 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 8 JTEKT Toyoda Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name MICRO 1 PLC Address Number Range Write Numeral System Input WX X 0 to 7F R W Output WY Y 0 to 7F R W Internal relay WM M 0 to 7F R W 1 Keep relay WK K 0 to 2F R W l EN Link relay WL L 0 to 7F R W 1 O Timer contact WT T 0 to 1F R L 9 Counter contact WC C 0 to 1F R oH 2 Present value register N N 0 to 1FF R ES Data register D D 0 to 2FFF R W a Link register R R 0 to 7FF R W l Special register S S 0 to 3FF R W File register B B 0 to 1FFF R W 142 3 Internal relay P3WM M 0 to 7F R W v Keep relay P3WK K 0 to 2F R W y Link relay P3WL L 0 to 7F R W S Timer contact P3WT T 0 to 1F R D Counter contact P3WC C 0 to 1F R Present value regist
62. FG aN N A B SG HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 SG Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 4 Environment Settings 4 Environment Settings 4 1 Twido Items Details Interface RS232C or RS485 2 wire Slave Address 1to 247 Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 bps Data Bits The same setting as MICRO I 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Flow Control ER 0 Disable 1 Enable Use No 0 as Broadcast When 2 to 255 are set the behavior is the same as when 1 was set se unto instead of function Te 4 2 Momentum Modbus TCP Client Items Details Interface 2 Slave Address 2 Baud Rate 2 This setting is not required Data Bits 2 Stop Bits 2 Parity 2 Unit ID 1 to 247 Destination Address 4 The same setting as MICRO I IPv4 Typed IP address Port Number 0 to 32767 Set the Slave Address Number in decimal 2 These settings will be ignored since it is using the Ethernet po
63. I data memory One command can read a maximum of 255 words of data Command Format Station R DM Address Words C N Number n R Q Upper Lower H L H LIH L H L Description Command Code Description Bytes ENQ 05h Command Start 1 Station Number DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII 2 R 52h Read Command 1 DM address to start reading from DM address The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code Words Number of words to read 2 The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code BCC Only required when with BCC is set 2 Exclusive OR Hexadecimal from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII code CR ODh End 1 Response Format Normal response S Station R DM Address Words DM Address DM Address n 1 C T Number n data data R Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower H L H IL IH L H L H Lj H L H L Hj L Format Error response Station Number AP apoD 10413 4 20 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Description Normal response 8 DM Link 1 N Communication Format Command Code Description Bytes STX 02h Response start 1 Station Number DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII 2 R 52h Read response 1 DM address zd non using ASCII code 2 Words Number of
64. LC A 10DRF TWD LC A 16DRF TWD LC A 24DRF TWD LCA 40DRF TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DUK TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DTK TWD LMDA 40DUK go IL re Connection Diagram 2 eng 5 9 Compact Controller Communication Adapter FEEFEE e ts q B6 Connection Diagram 1 ee erg 5 9 M TWDNAC232D Communication Adapter TWD LC A 16DRF TWD LC A 24DRF TWD LCA 40DRF eenaa iy e NC lt _ccwc sa Connection Diagram 2 ee eg 5 9 LE TWDNAC485D Communication Adapter TWD LC A 16DRF TWD LC A 24DRF TWD LCA 40DRF gegegeses ge o Connection Diagram 3 9 oonneetion Diegfema Pages 5 9 TWDNAC485T TWD LC A 16DRF TWD LC A 24DRF TWD LCA 40DRF Communication Adapter MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 System Configuration e Module Controller Communication Module RS232C t Connection Diagram 1 Page 5 9 A MICRO I TWD NOZ232D TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DUK TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DTK TWD LMDA 40DUK i RS485 Connection Diagram 2 Page 5 9 LJ MICRO I TWD NOZ485D TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DUK TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DTK TWD LMDA 40DUK RS485 l S b Connection Diagram 3 Page 5 9 LL MICRO I NEN TWD NOZ485T TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DUK TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DTK TWD LMDA 40DUK IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 5 5 2 Syste
65. Link unit Flow TNX Interface Communication Driver Control OpenNet Controller FC3A CP2 Not required RS232C ER OpenNet MI CROSmart connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 SmartAXI S Pro Lite RS232C 485 RS422 485 2 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 Web Server Unit Ethernet OpenNet MI CROSmart FCAA SX5ESIE SmartAXIS Pro Lite Ethernet MI CROSmart FC4A C10R2 Not required RS232C None OpenNet MICROSmart connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 11 SmartAXIS Pro Lite RS232C 485 RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 Web Server Unit Ethernet OpenNet MI CROSmart FCAA SX5ESIE SmartAXIS Pro Lite Ethernet FC4A C16R2 Not required RS232C None OpenNet MICROSmart FC4A C24R2 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 11 SmartAXIS Pro Lite RS232C 485 RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC4A PC1 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC4A PC3 RS422 485 2 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 Web Server Unit Ethernet OpenNet MICROSmart FC4A SX5ES1E SmartAXIS Pro Lite Ethernet FCAA D20K3 Not required RS232C None OpenNet MICROSmart FC4A D20S3 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 11 SmartAXIS Pro Lite RS232C 485 FC4A D20RK1 RS232C FC4A D20RS1 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC4A D40K3 FC4A D40S3 FC4A HPC1 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC4A HPC3 RS422 485 2 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 FC4A HPH1 FC4A PC1 RS232C ER Connection Diagra
66. MEN 4 t m a CE s 1 LU x3 6 E 8 4 DES ANNE 20 LS Y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual SIND Jeux 03 UOIDSUUOD N 4 Allen Bradley Connection Diagram 4 PLC RS422 485 D sub 25 pin Female Connector Name Pin No FG 1 SDB 14 SDA PLC 5 RS422 HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 SG y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 5 MicroLogix 1000 1200 1500 Mini DIN Connector PLC RS232C HG2G 5T Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name 24V 1 AOO A i SD GND 2 3 4 5 6 i 8 Connection Diagram 6 PLC RS232C D sub 9 pin Male Connector HG2G 5T MicroLogix 1500 D sub 9 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No
67. MICREX F Series Interface Card F55 ii f MICREX F F55 NVIL RS2 F70 gn f MICREX F F70 NC1L RS2 f NC1L RS4 F80H F120H F120S F140S F150S wi f MICREX F FFU 120B MICREX F Series Interface Module RS232C Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 175 MICRO I RS232C Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 175 O RS485 4 wire 1l MICRO I Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 175 RS232C Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 175 RS485 4 wire Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 175 MICRO I F30 F50 F50H F55 F60 F70 F70S F80H F81 F 120H F120S F140S F150S b FFK120A C10 MICREX F 2 172 RS232C Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 175 RS485 4 wire Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 175 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual MICRO I IDEC 16 Fuji Electric MICREX SX Series Connects to the Loader Connection Connector on CPU unit Fuji Electric RS232C ee a E NP4H CB2 NWOH CNV Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 175 MICRO I MICREX SX MICREX SX Series Interface Module Q O RS232C 3 1l Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 176 a RS485 4 wire g 4 nn MICREX SX NPIL RS1 Connection Diagram 9 Page 2 176 MICRO I O A i RS232C cm NS ODT v Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 176 J NP1L RS2 S MI CREX SX MICRO I a u RS485 4 wire E gt Connection Diagram 9 Page 2 176 NP1L RS4 MICRO I MICREX SX Series Connects to the Ethernet port on CPU unit NP1PM 48E NP1PM 256E NP1PU 048E NP1PU 128E
68. NP1PU 256E Ethernet TCP IP O MICRO I MICREX SX MICREX SX Series Ethernet Module Ethernet gn EE UCR e P NP1L ET1 MICRO I MICREX SX IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 173 16 Fuji Electric 16 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 FLEX PC series Loader Port PLC RS485 Modular jack 8 pin HG2G 5T Terminal block RDA RD RDB RD SDA SD SDB SD SG Y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connector Pin Layout for PLC side Modular jack Connection Diagram 2 FLEX PC series Loader Port NN CONV1 PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Male Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name Connection Diagram 3 FLEX PC Series Link Module RS232C Port PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Female
69. NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC Q QnA Series Connecting to the Computer Link Unit Item Setting Interface RS232C or RS422 Communication protocol MC Protocol Format 4 Station Number 0 Baud Rate s the same 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits settings as forthe 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits MICROM 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Checksum Code Yes Write During RUN Possible For details refer to the Q compatible Serial Communication Unit user manual Basic e MELSEC QOOCPU QO1CPU Connecting to the Programming Port Select Use Serial Communication in the parameter setting of MELSEC QOOCPU QOICPU Item Setting Station Number 0 Baud Rate ice the same 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits settings as for the 8 bits Stop Bits MERAN 1 stop bits Parity Odd Checksum Code Yes e MELSEC QO2CPU Connecting to the Programming Port Item Setting Baud Rate 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Odd SIND Jeux 0 UOISUUOD 5 Set a decimal number for the Station Number on MICRO I Setup the PLC settings in I O allocation of the GX Developer 2 Set a decimal number for the Station Number on MICRO I IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manua
70. No Shield Wire Pin No Name 485G A JA 8 RDA RD D 9 RDB RD D 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD pee 5 SG LA Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 27 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor E use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual s 2n q Jeux 03 uonpoeuuo N 2 202 19 Vigor Electric Connection Diagram 5 VBO VB1 VB2 VH VB 232 PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name Connection Diagram 6 VBO VB1 VB2 VH VB 485 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T Terminal block Terminal block Name RDA RD RDB RD SDA SD SDB SD SG 59 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor LS use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 19 4 Environment Settings VB VH Series Communication Port for Programming Tool 19 Vigor Electric Items Details Interface RS232C Baud Rate 192
71. PLCs and multiple MICRO Is on the same network Short circuit the D Q RDA and SDA of MICRO I and then connect to SIG B of PLC Short circuit the RDB and SDB of MICRO I S and then connect to SIG A of PLC D Refer to S7 200 manual for restrictions when using multi drops When using multiple PLCs to communicate to multiple MI CRO Is it will take extra time to establish communication between PLCs and Ols There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 2 S7 300 400 Communication Interface RS232C PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name DCD 1 E 1 SD RXD 2 2 RD TXD 3j 3 RS DTR 4 4 CS GND B b SG DSR 6 RTS 7 CTS 8 RI 9 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 95 5 SIEMENS Connection Diagram 3 S7 300 400 Communication Interface RS422 485 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No RDA RD RDB RD SDA SD SDB SD Y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For
72. Pin No Shield Wire Name CD 1 SD RXD RD TXD RS DTR CS GND u P wIm SG DSR RTS CTS COIN OD oj B W Nie Connection Diagram 7 PLC RS232C D sub 9 pin Male Connector HG2G 5T ControlLogix CompactLogix FlexLogix Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name CD my 27 ON il SD RXD RD TXD RS DTR CS GND u P wI m SG DSR RTS CTS INIo RB Wy NM e 1 2 74 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Connection Diagram 8 MicroLogix 1100 Mini DIN Connector PLC RS232C HG2G 5T Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name B 1 INO A 1 SD GND 2 2 RD RTS 3 3 RS RXD 4 4 CS NC 5 5 SG CTS 6 TXD 7 A 8 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 4 Allen Bradley 2 75 s 2n q Jeux 03 uonpeuuo 5 N 4 Allen Bradley 4 4 Environment Settings MicroLogix SLC 500 Full Duplex Item Setting Baud Rate 2 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 bps Data Bits 2 8 bits Stop Bits 2 1 stop bits Parity 1 2 None or Even Flow Control None Serial Interface RS232C Driver DF1 Full Duplex Control Line No H
73. Pin No Name 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 SG There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 12 FX1N FX2N FX3U FX3G 485 BD FX2NC FX3U 485ADP 2 wire PLC RS422 485 Terminal block Name SDA Pin No SDB RDA RDB SG HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD b SG y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 29 So2I e Jeux 03 uonpeuuo 5 5 2 Mitsubishi Electric 2 4 Environment Settings MELSEC A Series Connecting to the Computer Link Unit or CPU Unit Link Interface Item Setting Interface RS232C RS485 Format 4 protocol mode Transmission Control Protocol Set the mode setting switch to 4 Set the mode setting switch to 8 Station Number Set using the Station Number setting switch Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 bps set using
74. R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 3 EM3 EM3 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 4 EM4 EM4 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 5 EM5 EM5 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 6 EM6 EM6 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 7 EM7 EM7 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 8 EM8 EM8 0 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank 9 EM9 EM9 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank A EMA EMA 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank B EMB EMB 0 to 32767 R W Expansion Data Memory Bank C EMC EMC 0 to 32767 R W Task Area Status TKS TKS 0 to 31 Index Register IR IR 0 to 15 Data Register DR DR 0 to 15 Q The usable address number range of the Expansion Data Memory varies based on the CPU model For details refer to the manual for SYSMAC CS1 series The Task Bit is 1 when the cycle execution task is in the executable state and 0 when it is in the unexcited or standby states The Task Area Status indicates the following states 0 Never started 1 In the stopped state after starting once 2 Starting The last two digits indicate the bit number 0 to 15 2 66 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 OMRON e SYSMAC CS1 C Ethernet Communication Driver SYSMAC CS1 C series Ethernet
75. R W Decimal FileMemo 2 word W32 W32 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 3 word W33 W33 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 4 word W34 W34 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 5 word w35 w35 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 6 word W36 W36 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 7 word W37 W37 0 to 4095 R W Decimal DataMemo 16bit WBD WBD 0 to 4095 R W Decimal DataMemo 32bit BD BD 0 to 4095 R W Decimal Timer0 01S Curr Value TR TR 0 to 511 R W Decimal Timer0 1S Curr Value w9 w9 0 to 511 R W Decimal Timer0 01S Set Value TS TS 0 to 511 R W Decimal Counter Curr Value CR CR 0 to 255 R W Decimal Counter Set Value CS CS 0 to 255 R W Decimal FileMemo 0 32bit W30 DW30 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 1 32bit W31 DW31 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 2 32bit W32 DW32 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 3 32bit W33 DW33 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 4 32bit W34 DW34 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 5 32bit w35 DW35 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 6 32bit W36 DW36 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 7 32bit W37 DW37 0 to 4095 R W Decimal 2 182 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 16 Fuji Electric MICREX SX Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input memory IW Output memory QW Standard memory MW1 MW1 0 to 2490367 R W Decimal Retained memory MW3 MW3 0 to 425983 R W Decimal System memory MW10
76. RDB RD ah SDA SD SDB SD SG Ui Ov o Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 2 120 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 8 JTEKT Toyoda 8 4 Environment Settings e TOYOPUC PC3J Item Setting Interface RS422 485 2 wire Station No 0 to 37 Octal Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 or 57600 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity Even zn Configure the communication conditions of PC3J in the built in standard link parameters Q When the built in standard link parameters are not set the link acts as the computer link for below settings Communication Speed 19200bps Data Bits 8 bit Stop Bits 1 stop bit Parity Even Station No 0 e For details refer to JTEKT TOYOPUC PC3J CPU MODULE OPERATION MANUAL Se2I e Jeux 0 uonpoeuuo 5 5 Although a Station No is in octal for PC3J configure it in hexadecimal on WindO I NV4 For example when you set 37 on PC3J set 1F on WindO I NV4 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 121 8 JTEKT Toyoda 8 5 Usable Device Ad
77. RS232C ER TC200 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 126 TCmini TC03 01 Not required RS232C ER TC200 TC03 02 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 126 RS422 485 2 wire None Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 126 9 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of TOSHIBA MACHINE PLCs to the MICRO I TC200 Orr Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 126 TC3 13B1 MICRO I Connects to Serial port of CPU unit e TCmini Connects to the RS232C Port Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 126 TC03 01 TC03 02 MICRO I e TCmini Connects to the RS TCm485 Port i io ee IIM Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 126 TC03 01 TC03 02 MICRO I IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 125 SIINDA Jeux 0 UOISUUOD N 9 TOSHIBA MACHINE 9 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 TC200 RS232C PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Male Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name CD 1 d 1 SD SD 2 2 RD RD B 3 RS DR 4 4 CS SG 5 5 SG ER 6 CS 7 RS 8 FG MEM Connection Diagram 2 TCmini RS232C PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Male Conne
78. RS422 485 4 wire None T3H PU325 Connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 187 PU325H PU326H V S2T PU672T Not required RS422 485 4 wire None PROSEC T S2E PU662T Connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 187 L1 PU612E 52 L1PU11H 53 L1PU12H S2PU82 S2PU72 S2PU32 S2PU22 S3PU65 S3PU55 S3PU45 S3PU21 2 184 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 17 Toshiba 17 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of Toshiba PLCs to the MICRO I PROSEC T Series T1 RS232C Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 188 Fi e T1 RS485 4 wire lt gt More ee O Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 188 MICRO I o CU111 5 m a PROSEC T Series T1S O amm ee e a Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 188 x lm D um Tis RS485 A Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 187 MICRO I yy y RS485 4 wire lt 4 a Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 188 D CU111 PROSEC T Series T2 PU224 RS485 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 187 T2 PU224 MICRO I e PROSEC T Series T2E RS232C Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 187 hy RS485 4 wire Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 188 MICRO I CM231E vy RS232C lt lt Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 187 CM232E IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 185 17 Toshiba e PROSEC T Series T2N RS232C Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 187 RS485 T2E j Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 189 MICRO I RS232C Conne
79. SINT 10 Tag C DINT 10 Tag D REAL 10 Examplel Set an array number 0 in Tag A 0 INT 1 0 Example2 Set an array number 5 in Tag B 0 SINT 2 5 Example3 Set a lower word on array number 3 in Tag C 0 DINT 3 3 0 Example4 Set an upper word on array number 9 in Tag D 0 REAL 4 9 1 Lil File Number 1 2 3 4 Y 4 Need to set upper word or lower word in WindO I NV4 when use 32 bit device EA Add _0 after array number when use lower word _1 after array number when use upper word WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 5 SIEMENS 5 1 Connection Table WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link Unit Flow oe Interface Communication Driver Control S7 200 CPU212 Not required RS422 485 2 wire None S7 200 PPI CPU214 connects to CPU unit directly Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 95 CPU215 CPU216 CPU221 CPU222 CPU224 CPU224XP CPU226 CPU226XM S7 300 CPU 313 CP 340 RS232C None 57 300 3964 R RK512 CPU 314 CP 341 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 95 Be RS422 485 4 wire CPU 315 2DP Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 96 CPU 316 CPU 318 CPU 313 Not required RS422 485 2 wire S7 MPI C 2PtP connects to CPU unit directly Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 96 S7 400 CPU 412 CP 440 RS232C None 57 300 3964 R RK512 CPU 414 CP 441 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 95 ee RS422 485 4 wire CPU 416F 2 Connection Diagr
80. SW 000000 to 0007FF R W Hexadecimal File Register R R 000000 to 032767 R W Decimal Extend file Register ZR ZR 000000 to OFE7FF R W Hexadecimal Special Relay word WSM SM 000000 to 002032 R Decimal Input Relay word WX X 000000 to 001FFO R Hexadecimal Output Relay word WY Y 000000 to 001FFO R W Hexadecimal Internal Relay word WM M 000000 to 475120 R W Decimal Latch Relay word WL L 000000 to 475120 R W Decimal Annunciator word WF F 000000 to 475120 R W Decimal Edge Relay word WV V 000000 to 475120 R W Decimal Link Relay word WB B 000000 to 073FF0 R W Hexadecimal Link Special Relay word WSB SB 000000 to 0007F0 R W Hexadecimal Step Relay word WS S 000000 to 008176 R W Decimal Set this address number in multiples of 16 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 47 So2I e Jeux 0 uonpeuuo 5 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC FX Ethernet Bit Device Device Name al I DE Address Number Range fori gs Int Relay M M 0 to 7679 R W Decimal Input Relay X X 0 to 377 R Octal Output Relay Y Y 0 to 377 R W Octal Timer Relay contact TS T 0 to 511 Decimal Counter Relay contact CS C 0 to 255 R Decimal Special Internal Relay SM SM 8000 to 8511 Decimal State S S 0 to 4095 R W Decimal Word Device Device Name Wii D Address Number Range ee a hea Data Register D D 0 to 7999 R W Decimal Input Relay word WX X 0 to 360 R Octal Output
81. The Task Bit is 1 when the cycle execution task is in the executable state and 0 when it is in the unexcited or standby states The Task Area Status indicates the following states 0 Never started 1 In the stopped state after starting once 2 Starting 2 68 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 4 Allen Bradley 4 Allen Bradley 4 1 Connection Table WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit Flow HR Interface Communication Driver Control PLC 5 All PLC 5 models that 1770 KF2 RS232C None PLC 5 Half Duplex can be connected to Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 73 1770 KF2 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 73 All PLC 5 models Not required RS232C connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram2 Page 2 73 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 74 Se2I e Jeux 0 uonpeuuo 5 N SLC 500 SLC5 03 Not required RS232C None MicroLogix SLC 500 SLC5 04 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 73 SLC 500 Half Duplex SLC5 05 Full Duplex MicroLogix MicroLogix 1000 Not required RS232C None MicroLogix MicroLogix 1200 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 74 SLC 500 MicroLogix 1100 Not required RS232C Full Duplex connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 75 MicroLogix 1500 Not required RS232C connects to Mini DIN Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 74 connector on CPU
82. Transmission Allowed Command Uuone iunuuuuo JUN Wd gt Format D C 1 Description Command Code Description Bytes DC1 11h Transmission Allowed 1 f After the MICRO I receives DC1 it sends out all event data transmissions that were generated while EA transmission was stopped e There is no response to the Transmission Allowed command e When the ENQ Start Command 05h is received the MICRO I also enters the Transmission Allowed state After receiving ENQ the MICRO I sends out all event data transmissions generated while transmission was stopped After receiving ENQ the MI CRO I receive buffer is cleared IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 4 15 7 DM Link 1 1 Communication Format Transmission Control Sequence E R DM Addres N Q Upper Lowe Hy EH or External R e Device 3 1 MICRO I Transmission Control Communication Example Example 1 Transmission stopped by DC3 and started by DC1 External Device DM Address data DM Address MICRO I Transmission Stopped Upper Lower H L HIL Upper Lower H L HIL Example 2 Transmission stopped by DC3 and started by ENQ External Device DM Address data DM Address MICRO I Transmission Stopped Upper Lower H LJHIL Upper Lower H t H L H L The shaded part of the command is ASCII
83. both requests and responses Data is processed as a byte sequences Description Byte 0 Transaction ID The same value is returned from the server The value is normally 0 Byte 1 Transaction ID The same value is returned from the server The value is normally 0 Byte 2 Protocol ID The value is always 0 Byte 3 Protocol ID The value is always 0 Byte 4 Message length high byte The value is always 0 Since the message is 256 bytes at maximum Byte 5 Message length low byte The length of the following message Byte 6 Unit ID Byte 7 Function code gt Byte 8 to Data 6 1 The data included in a request is returned from the server without changes The client external device sends a different Transaction ID for each request and identifies the response by checking the Transaction ID of a response Enter 0 to not check the Transaction ID 2 The number indicating the Modbus TCP protocol and is always 0 3 Indicates the length of the following message in units of bytes 4 ID used for identifying devices The ID is not used with the MICRO I When the ID is used in a request the returned data is unchanged 5 Numbers assigned for functions such as reading and writing 6 Data required for each processing 5 16 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 6 7 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function Modbus RTU Slave Function Communi
84. changing PLC parameter Setthis address number in hexadecimal 2 Set this address number in multiples of 16 2 40 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC Q QnA Link Bit Device DNE Device Type Address Number Read Address Numeral MI CRO I PLC Range Write System Internal Relay M M 0 to 32767 R W Input Relay X X 0 to IFFF R 1 Output Relay Y Y 0 to 1FFF R W 1 EN Link Special Relay SB SB 0 to 7FF R W 1 Link Relay B B 0 to 7FFF R W 1 9 Latch Relay L L 0 to 32767 R W a Timer contact TS T 0 to 8191 R Q Timer coil TC T 0 to 8191 R W S Counter contact CS C 0 to 8191 R 8 Counter coil EC C 0 to 8191 R W m Special Relay SM SM 0 to 2047 R A Annunciator F F 0 to 32767 R W 5 Retentive Timer contact SS ST 0 to 2047 R iw Retentive Timer coil SC ST 0 to 2047 R W 2 Step Relay S S 0 to 32767 R W i Edge Relay V V 0 to 32767 R W E Word Device Device Name Device Type Address Number Read Address Numeral MI CRO I PLC Range Write System Input Relay WX X 0 to 1FFO R 1 2 Output Relay WY Y 0 to 1FFO R W 1 2 Internal Relay WM M 0 to 32752 R W 2 Link Special Relay WSB SB 0 to 7FO R W 1 2 Link Relay WB B 0 to 7FFO R W 1 2 Latch Relay WL L 0 to 32752 R W 2 Timer current value TN T 0 to 8191 R Counter current value CN C 0 to 8191 R Data Register D D 0 to 25
85. code 4 16 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 7 4 Clear 7 DM Link 1 1 Communication Format This external device command clears the MICRO I receive buffer Command Format Description Command Code Description Bytes EOT 04h Clear the receive buffer 1 ss EA When the MICRO I receives the EOT command all data received prior to receiving it is cleared IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual Uuoneo iunuuuuo urT1 Wd gt 7 DM Link 1 1 Communication Format 7 5 Event Transmission This is used to perform Event Transmission when a value in the MICRO I data memory is changed Command Format S DM Address Words DM Address T 1 data x Upper Lower Upper Lower H CJ HE H L HIL H L Description Command Code Description Bytes STX 02h Command start E 45h Event Transmission command DM Address Event Transmission address The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code Words Event Transmission words The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code Data DM Address data The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code Only required when with BCC is set ETX 03h However this is not added when Type 2 is selected for the Protocol Command end of the event transmission data Only required when with BCC is
86. connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 Series 90 30 Communication Coprocessor Module CMM RS232C PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Name Shield 1 SD TD 2 RD RD B RS RTS 4 CS CTS 5 SG DCD SG DTR Connection Diagram 2 Series 90 30 Communication Coprocessor Module CMM RS422 485 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name Shield il 8 RDA RD RD TRM 24 9 RDB RD SD B 21 6 SDA SD SD A 9 7 SDB SD RD B 25 5 SG RD A 13 RTS A 10 CTS A 11 RTS B 22 CTS B 23 Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 2 130 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Connection Diagram 3 PLC RS422 485 D sub 15 pin Female Connector Name Pin No Shield 1 RD TRM 9 SD B
87. number in decimal and the last digit indicates whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32 bit data in binary 2 44 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC MELSEC FX3UC CPU 2 Mitsubishi Electric Bit Device Device Name 7 T Lun Address Number Range rt u Input Relay x X 0 to 377 R 1 Output Relay Y Y 0 to 377 R W 1 Internal Relay M M 0 to 7679 R W Timer Relay TS T 0 to 511 Counter Relay CS C 0 to 255 R Special Internal Relay SM SM 8000 to 8511 State S S 0 to 4095 R W Word Device Device Name I m Address Number Range esed ee Input Relay WX X 0 to 360 R 1 2 Output Relay WY Y 0 to 360 R W 1 2 Internal Relay WM M 0 to 7664 R W 2 Timer current value TN T 0 to 511 R Counter current value CN C 0 to 199 R 32 bit counter current value DCN C 2000 to 2551 R W 3 Data Register D D 0 to 7999 R W State WS S 0 to 4080 R W 2 Special Internal Relay WSM SM 8000 to 8496 R 2 Special Data Register SD SD 8000 to 8511 R Extended Register R R 0 to 32767 R W 1 Set this address number in octal 2 Set this address number in multiples of 16 3 This device is a 32 bit device The first three digits indicate the address number in decimal and the last digit indicates whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32 bit data in binary IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 45 SIND J
88. set BEE Exclusive OR Hexadecimal from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII code CR 0Dh End The Max Event Transmission Words setting is set from 0 to 255 Number of Event Transmission words should not be larger than the number of Max Event Transmission Words When the Max Event Transmission Words is 0 then Event Transmission words is set to 1 Event Data Transmission Sequence External Device DM Address DM Address MICRO I data Upper Lower H t H L Upper Lower H rt H rg 4 18 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 7 DM Link 1 1 Communication Format Event Data Transmission Communication Example Example 1 Write 1to DM512 without BCC Write 1 to DM512 External Device I RA sIrlo 2 0 o o 1 0 0 0 1 C T R MICRO I X The shaded part of the command is ASCII code Example 2 When the above example occurred in the middle of a read without BCC External Device MICRO I The shaded part of the command is ASCII code IDEC an WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 4 19 UOHeEDdIUNWILUOD JUN Wd gt 8 DM Link 1 N Communication Format 8 DM Link 1 N Communication Format The communication format with DM Link 1 N Communication is as follows Command Response Read Write Clear 8 1 Read The Read command is used by the external device to read the MI CRO
89. setting notes Network type Ethernet 1 Starting I O No 0020 2 Network No 1 2 a Total stations Group No 0 2 Station No 1 2 Mode On line 1 Communication data code Binary code 1 Initial Timing Always wait for OPEN 1 Input format Decimal 2 Operation Setting ae IP address Set IP address of PLC 2 Send frame setting Ethernet 1 Enable Write at RUN time Check mark enable 1 TCP Existence confirmation setting Use the Keep Alive 1 Protocol TCP IP 1 Open system Impassive open 1 Fixed buffer Send 1 Fixed buffer communication Procedure exist 1 Open Setting Pairing open No pairs 1 Existence confirmation No confirm 1 Local station Port No Set an arbitrary port number 2 3 Destination IP address 7 5 Dest Port No a For details refer to the Q Corresponding Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual or Q Corresponding Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual 1 The setting of the ab 2 Set it according to th ove mentioned is recommended e environment 3 MICRO I is set by the decimal number though PLC is set by the hexadecimal number IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 33 s 2n q Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOY 5 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC FX Connecting to Ethernet Unit MICRO I settings Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Setting Name Setting IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I Communication Interface Subnet M
90. the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 4 S7 300 MPI Interface RS485 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name SD RD 3 8 RDA RD SD RD 8 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 SG Y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 2 96 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 5 4 Environment Settings 57 200 Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 5 SIEMENS Items Details PLC Address 1 to 126 Decimal 0 to 7e Hexadecimal Set the value to same value as ADDRESS PLC in WindO I NV4 Highest Address Highest Station Address 1 to 126 Decimal 0 to 7e Hexadecimal Set the value to same value as HSA in WindO I NV4 9600 or 19200 bps Baud Rate Set the value to same value as Baud Rate in WindO I NV4 mm aha Data Bits no value in WindO I NVA Stop Bits ue in WindO I NV4 Parity d Set the value in WindO I NV4 Y Set the communication port that communicates with MICRO I to PPI Slave mode Please make sure to E ld set SMB30 or SMB13
91. the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 FA M3 F3LC11 1N PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name FG Hood 1 SD RD 2 2 RD SD 3 3 RS RS y 4 cs cs 8 5 SG ER 4 SG 5 CD 1 DR 6 Connection Diagram 2 FA M3 F3LC11 2N PLC RS422 485 Terminal block HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name FG IN Ue 8 RDA RD SDB T L 9 RDB RD SDA Se 6 SDA SD RDB ae oa 7 SDB SD RDA ie 5 SG SG tT ak Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines In MICRO I and PLC the name of A pole and B pole is reverse There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 3 FA M3 PLC RS232C D sub 9 pin Female Connector HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name 1 SD RD 2 2 RD SD B B RS SG 5 4 CS 5 SG This figure shows the connection diagram when using the cab
92. to 7FO R W Global Link GW G 0 to FFO R W System Register SW S 0 to BFO R E Word EW EW 400 to FFO R W Event WE E 0 to FO R W Keep Relay KW K 0 to 1F0 R W On Delay Timer contact TW T 0 to 1F0 R One Shot Timer contact UW U 0 to 70 Up Down Counter contact CW C 0 to 30 On Delay Timer elapsed value TC T 0 to 1FF R On Delay Timer setup value TS T 0 to 1FF R W One Shot Timer elapsed value UC U 0 to 7F R One Shot Timer setup value US U 0 to 7F R W Up Down Counter elapsed value CC C 0 to 3F R Up Down Counter setup value CS C 0 to 3F R W Work Register FW FW 0 to BFF R W Data Register DW DW 0 to FFF R W When you use word device as bit device the bit position reverses the order as shown in the example Example Specified address Read address DW 0 0 DW 0 15 DW 0 1 DW 0 14 DW 0 14 DW 0 1 DW 0 15 DW 0 0 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 8 JTEKT Toyoda 8 1 Connection Table 8 JTEKT Toyoda WindO I NV4 Settings connects to Built in Link Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 120 CPU unit Link unit icati Interface Flow Control commence Driver TOYOPUC PC2J PC2 Not required RS422 485 2 wire None TOYOPUC PC3J TOYOPUC PC3J connects to Built in Link PC3J Not required RS422 485 2 wire None PC3JD connects to Built in Link Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 120 PC3JG Not required RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 120 TOYOPUC PC3J 8 2 System Configurati
93. to 8176 R W 2 Link Relay WB B 0 to 7FO R W 1 2 Latch Relay WL L 0 to 8176 R W 2 Timer current value TN T 0 to 2047 R Counter current value CN C 0 to 1023 R Data Register D D 0 to 6143 R W Link Register W W 0 to FFF R W Annunciator WF F 0 to 2032 R W 2 Special Internal Relay WSM SM 9000 to 9240 R 2 Special Register SD SD 9000 to 9255 R 1 Set this address number in hexadecimal 2 Set this address number in multiples of 16 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 37 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC AnN CPU Bit Device Device Name n a DP Address Number Range RE en Input Relay X X 0 to 7FF R 1 Output Relay Y Y 0 to 7FF R W 1 Internal Relay M M 0 to 2047 R W Link Relay B B 0 to 3FF R W 1 Latch Relay L L 0 to 2047 R W Timer contact TS T 0 to 255 R Timer coil TC T 0 to 255 R W Counter contact CS C 0 to 255 R Counter coil CC C 0 to 255 R W Special Internal Relay SM SM 9000 to 9255 R Annunciator F F 0 to 255 R W Word Device Device Name Hii AT mee Address Number Range ra en Input Relay WX X 0 to 7FO R 1 2 Output Relay WY Y 0 to 7FO R W 1 2 Internal Relay WM M 0 to 2032 R W 2 Link Relay WB B 0 to 3F0 R W 1 2 Latch Relay WL L 0 to 2032 R W 2 Timer current value TN T 0 to 255 R Counter current value CN C 0 to 255 R Data Register D D 0 to 1023 R W Link Register W Ww 0 to 3FF R W 1 Annunciator
94. to the right 3 When a carry occurs take the exclusive OR XOR of AO01h then go to step 3 If not directly go to step 3 4 Repeat step 2 shifting 8 times 5 Take the exclusive OR XOR of the result and the next 1 byte data 6 Repeat step 2 through step 4 up to the byte immediately before the BCC 7 Swap the higher and lower bytes of the result of step 5 and store the resultant CRC 16 to the BCC CRC position 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function 6 8 Modbus TCP Modbus RTU shared protocol format Reference Numbers Reference numbers are used to specify a device address with the Modbus TCP The reference number is obtained by subtracting 1 from the 1st to 5th value of the device address and is expressed in hexadecimal format The following table lists the address of each device and the corresponding reference number evita Reference No apie Reference No er Reference No eee Reference No Cl 0000 100001 0000 HR 400001 0000 IR 300001 0000 C2 0001 100002 0001 HR 400002 0001 IR 300002 0001 C 65535 FFFE 165535 FFFE HR 465535 FFFE IR 365535 FFFE C 65536 FFFF 165536 FFFF HR 465536 FFFF IR 365536 FFFF Functions Function code Function name Description 3 Read multiple registers Reading of Holding Register HR consecutively 16 10Hex Write multiple registers Writing to Holding Register HR consecutively 1 Read coils Reading of Coil C c
95. using the RS422 485 interface of Serial Interface SERIAL1 use a twisted pair cable so that the and signals are paired When using RS422 485 interface setting the Terminating Resistor Selector Switch ON inserts a 100 Ohm Use it if necessary Refer to the setting of the Terminating Resistor Selector Switch as below HG2G 5T Terminating Resistor Selector Switch Serial Interface SERIAL1 1 4 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Chapter 2 Connection to External Devices Selecting OpenNet MI CROSmart SmartAXI S Pro Lite RS232C 485 as the Communication Driver allows your to use the 1 N Communication function and Pass through function However SmartAXIS Pro Lite does not support the Pass through function Selecting OpenNet MI CROSmart SmartAXI S Pro Lite Ethernet as the Communication Driver allows you to use 1 N Communication function only Pass through function CZ Chapter 26 Pass Through Function in the WindO I NV4 User s Manual 1 N Communication function C7 Chapter 6 Communication with Multiple External Devices on page 6 1 1 1 Connection Table WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit
96. 0 values to 0 in order to select proper communication port settings Refer to the manual of S7 200 for details We checked the following problems in some versions of S7 200 When S7 200 is set as the master and the address of S7 200 is the same as HSA token path does not work correctly This problem can be solved by setting HSA as a larger value than Address actually used This problem does not occur when one MICRO I is connected to one S7 200 PLC e 57 300 400 with Communication Module Items Details Interface RS232C Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 bps Data Bits Use the same settings as for the 8 bits Stop Bits MICRO I 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even BCC Enable or Disable Priority Low MICRO I type performs communication based on 3964 R and RK512 protocol CP340 is supporting only the 3964 and 3964R protocol Therefore when using CP340 it is necessary to construct the program to realize RK512 protocol in PLC This is programmed using the function blocks FB2 and FB3 in SIEMENS PLC CP341 is supporting 3964 R and RK512 protocol please choose RK512 by setup PLC The program of CP340 refers to a sample program Downloading from our Web site is possible IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 97 s 2n q Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOI 5 5 SIEMENS e 57 300 with MPI Interface
97. 00 bps Data Bits 7 bits Stop Bits Use the same settings 1 stop bits Parity as for the MICRO I Even Flow Control None Station Number 0 VB VH Series VB 485A VB 232 or VB 485 Items Details Interface RS232C or RS485 4 wire Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 bps Data Bits 7 bits Stop Bits Use the same settings 1 stop bits Parity as for the MICRO I Even Flow Control None Station Number 0 to 255 Decimal VB VH Series VB CADP Items Details Port CP2 CP3 Interface RS232C or RS485 RS485 Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 bps 19200 bps Data Bits 7 bits 7 bits Stop Bits Use the same settings 1 stop bits 1 stop bits Parity as for the MICRO I Even Even Flow Control None None Station Number 0 to 255 Decimal 0 to 99 Decimal For details refer to the VB VH Series user s manual IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 203 SOdINNq Jeux 0 UOISUUOD N 19 Vigor Electric 19 5 Usable Device Addresses 2 204 Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Relay Bit X X 0 to 777 R Octal Output Relay Bit Y Y 0 to 777 R W Octal Auxiliary Relay Bit M M 0 to 5119 R W Decimal Step Relay S S 0 to 999 R W Decimal Special Relay SM M 9000 to 9255 R W Decim
98. 00 to 2026 3 R Decimal Timer Preset Value TP TP 0 to 999999 3 R W Decimal Timer Accumulated Value TA TA 0 to 999999 3 R W Decimal Counter Preset Value CP CP 0 to 999999 3 R W Decimal Counter Accumulated Value CA CA 0 to 999999 3 R W Decimal Control LEN RLEN RLEN 0 to 999999 3 R W Decimal Control POS RPOS RPOS 0 to 999999 3 R W Decimal Bit Word WB WB 0 to 999999 3 R W Decimal Integer N N 0 to 999999 3 R W Decimal Float REAL F F 0 to 9999991 4 R W Decimal Long DINT L 0 to 9999991 4 R W Decimal Ascii A A 0 to 999999 3 R W Decimal BCD BCD BCD 0 to 999999 3 R W Decimal SINT SINT SINT 0 to 999999 3 R W Decimal String LEN STL ST 0 to 999999 3 R Decimal String DATA ST ST 0 to 99999940 5 R W Decimal For details about the address notation refer to Expression of Device Address Format Expression of Device Address Format 2 MicroLogix 1200 Notation Allen Bradley WindO I NV4 programming software 1 SWI 12 10 SWI 12010 1 12 10 1 to 3 digits Word number 3 digits Word number 1 to 2 digits Slot number 1 to 2 digits Slot number 2 PWI 277 PWI 277 1 277 1 digit Group number Li digit Group number 1 to 2 digits Rack number 1 to 2 digits Rack number 3 WB 123 255 WB 123255 B123 255 Tito digits Element number 3 digits Element number 1to 3 digits File numb
99. 03 uonpeuuo 5 N 2 140 11 Panasonic 11 4 Environment Settings FPO and FP1 Tool port on CPU unit Items Details Interface RS232C or RS422 4 wire Slave Address 01 to 99 Decimal Baud Rate 9600 or 19200 bps Data Bits 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Odd Flow Control None or ER FP1 RS232C port on CPU unit Items Details Interface RS232C Slave Address 01 to 99 Decimal Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Flow Control None or ER FP2 Tool port on CPU unit or communication cassette Items Details Interface RS232C or RS485 2 wire Slave Address 01 to 99 Decimal Baud Rate 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Flow Control None or ER e FP10 and FP10SH tool port on CPU unit Items Details Interface RS232C Slave Address 1 to 32 Decimal Baud Rate 9600 or 19200 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Odd Flow Control None or ER 1 There are some models that don t support Slave Address up to 99 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC e FP2 FP2SH FP10 and FP10SH Communication port on CPU unit 11 Panasonic Items D
100. 10 FC5A SIF2 RS232C Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 11 FC5A SIFA RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 Web Server Unit Ethernet OpenNet MI CROSmart FC4A SX5ES1E SmartAXIS Pro Lite Ethernet FC5A D12K1E Not required Ethernet OpenNet MICROSmart FC5A D12S1E connects to CPU unit SmartAXIS Pro Lite Ethernet FC4A HPC1 RS232C ER OpenNet MI CROSmart Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 SmartAXI S Pro Lite RS232C 485 FCAA HPC3 RS422 485 2 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 FC4A HPH1 FC4A PC1 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC4A HPH1 FC4A PC3 RS422 485 2 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 FC5A SIF2 RS232C Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 11 FC5A SIF4 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 1 IDEC WindO I NV4 Settings FT1A H40RKA FT1A H40RSA FT1A H40RC FT1A B40RKA FT1A B40RSA FT1A B40RC FT1A H48KA FT1A H48SA FT1A H48KC FT1A H48SC FT1A B48KA FT1A B48SA FT1A B48KC FT1A B48SC Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 11 FT1A PC2 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 11 FT1A PC3 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 CPU unit Link unit Flow nom F Interface Communication Driver Control SmartAXI S Pro Lite FT1A H24RA Not required Ethernet OpenNet MI CROSmart FT1A H24RC connects to CPU unit SmartAXIS Pro Lite Ethernet FTIA B24
101. 1023 R Counter coil cc C 0 to 1023 R W D Special Internal Relay SM SM 9000 to 9255 R 5 Annunciator F F 0 to 2047 R W 2 Word Device al Device Name Mii a mee Address Number Range ies E nen a Input Relay WX X 0 to 1FFO R 1 2 Output Relay WY Y 0 to 1FFO R W 1 2 Internal Relay WM M 0 to 8176 R W 2 Link Relay WB B 0 to 1FFO R W 1 2 Latch Relay WL L 0 to 8176 R W 2 Timer current value TN T 0 to 2047 R Counter current value CN C 0 to 1023 R Data Register D D 0 to 8191 R W Link Register W 0 to 1FFF R W 1 Annunciator WF F 0 to 2032 R W 2 Special Internal Relay WSM SM 9000 to 9240 R 2 Special register SD SD 9000 to 9255 R File register R R 0 to 8191 R W Expansion file register ER ZR 0 to 58191 R W 1 Set this address number in hexadecimal 2 Set this address number in multiples of 16 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 35 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC AnN LINK Bit Device Device Name n a DP Address Number Range RE E Input Relay X X 0 to 7FF R 1 Output Relay Y Y 0 to 7FF R W 1 Internal Relay M M 0 to 2047 R W Link Relay B B 0 to 3FF R W 1 Latch Relay L L 0 to 2047 R W Timer contact TS T 0 to 255 R Timer coil TC T 0 to 255 R W Counter contact CS C 0 to 255 R Counter coil CC C 0 to 255 R W Special Internal Relay SM SM 9000 to 9255 R Annunciator F F 0 to 255 R W Wo
102. 2 Calculating the CRC sse 5 17 Communication Format ssseeeeee 5 17 Device Addresses seereis 5 14 Protocol format nannten 5 18 Sut 5 15 System configuration ssseeeese 5 13 Modbus TCP Server Function sseeenee 5 12 Communication Format seeen 5 16 Device Addresses sesseeeeeee 5 14 Protocol format sssssee e 5 18 SQUUMGS Ee 5 15 System configuration seessesseeeeess 5 13 N Number of external device limitations 6 9 Number of Words Error 4 26 oO O I Link Communication esere 3 1 Important N tes nun 3 7 O I Link Master Error Processing seeeeeeese 3 5 O I Link Polling Period Register zussnnseeennnneennnnnenn 3 4 O I Link slave Error information Register 3 4 O I Link Slave Error Processing eeeeeese 3 5 O I Link slave Online Data Register ssssssse 3 4 O I Link slave Registration Setting Register 3 4 OMRON 2 49 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC P PaMASOMIG iinne iins 2 134 Port Number Device Link Communication eeenn 1 3 Modbus TCP Server Function sccsecsseeeeeeeeeeeees 5 15 Protocol format Modbus RTU Slave Function secseeeeeeeereeeeees 5 18 Modbus TCP Server Function sccsecsseeeeeeeeeseees 5 18 R Rea
103. 2 2 RD D RD 3 E 3 RS a 4 4 CS 9 5V 5 5 SG m O m Connection Diagram 2 FP1 RS232C Port u PLC RS232C HG2G 5T 5 D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Sh Pin No Name y FG 1 ux 1 SD lt SD 2 2 RD i RD 3 3 RS n RS 4 4 CS CS 5 5 SG DR 6 SG 7 CD 8 ER 9 Connection Diagram 3 FP1 AFP8550 PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Male Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name FG 1 1 SD SD 2 2 RD RD 3 3 RS RS 4 4 CS CS 5 5 SG DR 6 SG 7 CD 8 ER 20 This figure shows the connection diagram when using the cable AFP8550 from Panasonic The AFP8550 has a D sub male connector Use a D sub female connector when you make a communication cable IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 137 11 Panasonic Connection Diagram 4 PLC RS422 485 Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Name HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 5 Pin No SDB SD SG SG RTS atk Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines Y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 5 FPZ Communication casset
104. 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 Transmission type Mi oS 2 Mode Setting 3 Received Message No 0 4 Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 5 Data bit size 7 8 6 Parity bit None Odd Even 7 Stop bit size 1 2 8 DCE DTE mode DTE 9 CTS RTS control Constantly ON 10 DSR DTR control Constantly ON 11 Transmission conditions None 13 Transmission code JIS 14 Code conversion Yes 15 Received data byte size 0 16 Start code STX 17 End code CR 18 Start code 1 2 0 19 End code 1 2 0 20 BCC Setting1 21 Position range TEXT 22 Calculation formula EOR 23 Code Transmission code 24 Timer WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 16 Fuji Electric MICREX F Interface Card Module Details RS232C RS485 4 wire Command setting type start stop synchronization non sequenced format Items Interface Operation Modes Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits Use the same 1 or 2 stop bits Parity settings as for the MICRO I None Odd or Even Flow Control None Station Number 0 0 to 99 Decimal For details of communication setting refer to the MICREX F user s manual MICREX SX series connecting to the CPU unit loader connection Connector or using the Interface Module SIND Jeux 0 UOIDSUUOD N Items Details Interface RS232C or RS485 Baud R
105. 277 1 R W Octal Bit WB B 3000 to 99999 2 R W Decimal Timer current value TA T 3000 to 99999 2 R Decimal Counter current value CA C 3000 to 99999 2 R Decimal Timer preset value TP T 3000 to 99999 2 R W Decimal Counter preset value CP C 3000 to 99999 2 R W Decimal Integer N 3000 to 99999 2 3 R W Decimal BCD D 3000 to 99999 2 R W Decimal ASCII A 3000 to 99999 2 R W Decimal For details about the address notation refer to Expression of Device Address Format Expression of Device Address Format Notation Allen Bradley WindO I NV4 PLCS programming software 1 WI 277 WI 277 1 277 1 digit Group number 1 digit Group number 1 to 2 digits Rack number 1 to 2 digits Rack number 2 N 40 45 N 40045 N40 45 1 to 3 digits Element number TE 3 digits Element number or Word number or Word number 1 to 3 digits File number 1 to 3 digits File number 3 System Area should assigned using a file number 9 or less It does not work with file number 10 or more Construct an area in the PLC 5 data table file that corresponds to the System Area Address selected by WindO I NV4 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 85 SZINDA Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOY 5 4 Allen Bradley e Ethernet IP If you select Ethernet IP as Communication Driver the driver contains some PLCs devices Therefore the following devices name may be not same as devices name for each PLC For details regarding wiring refer to Cross refere
106. 288 R Decimal Discrete Outputs Q Q 1 to 12288 R W Decimal Internal Coils M M 1 to 12288 R W Decimal Temporary Coils T T 1 to 256 R W Decimal Discrete Globals G G 1 to 7680 R W Decimal System Status References S S S 1 to 128 R Decimal System Status References SA SA SA 1 to 128 R W Decimal System Status References SB SB SB 1 to 128 R W Decimal System Status References SC SC SC 1 to 128 R W Decimal Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name n m Address Number Range Write Sn Discrete Inputs WI 1 to 12273 R Decimal Discrete Outputs WQ AQ 1 to 12273 R W Decimal Internal Coils WM M 1 to 12273 R W Decimal Temporary Coils WT T 1 to 241 R W Decimal Discrete Globals WG G 1to 7665 R W Decimal System Status References S WS 96 S 1 to 113 R Decimal System Status References SA WSA 96 SA 1 to 113 R W Decimal System Status References SB WSB SB 1 to 113 R W Decimal System Status References SC WSC SC 1to 113 R W Decimal Register Memory R R 1to 16384 R W Decimal Analog Inputs Al Al 1 to 8192 R W Decimal Analog Outputs AQ 96 AQ 1 to 8192 R W Decimal you use The device addresses vary based on the PLC model For details refer to the manual for the PLC which IDEC Set this device using a multiplier of 16 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 133 So2I e JEUJ93X3 0 uonpeuuo 5 N 11 Panasonic 11 1 Connection Table
107. 2PROM SFRE SFRE 0 R 4 di Set frequency write RAM SFWR SFWR 0 R W 4 5 Set frequency write E2PROM SFWE SFWE 0 R W 4 5 Inverter reset IR IR 0 R W 5 Alarm definition batch clear EC EC 0 R W 5 All parameter clear PACL PACL 0 R W 5 Link parameter expansion setting LPES LPES 0 R W Second parameter changing SPC SPC 0 R W x For details regarding parameters and write data refer to the instruction manual provided with the Mitsubishi Electric inverter 1 Change the value of the Link parameter expansion setting if you need to read or write the Link parameter 2 Use this device address for parameter 37 3 This device address is handled as a 32 bit device by combining addresses 0 and 1 4 This device address is only available for 4 digits data 5 Only the write data is available for this device address When used for display the displayed value of this device address is always 0 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 217 22 INVERTER 2 218 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Chapter 3 O I Link Communication O I Link Communication is a protocol for communication between Master and Slave where a MICRO I connected to the external device is configured as a Master and multiple MICRO I Slaves communicate with the external device via the Master The Master MICRO I unit communicates with the external device by means of Device Link Communication The Master MI CRO I is called an O I Link
108. 3000 5000 5500 KV L20R L20V L21V PORT2 RS232C PLC RS232C Terminal block HG2G 5T Terminal block 2 106 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 6 KEYENCE Connection Diagram 4 PLC RS422 485 Terminal block HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name SDB 5 8 RDA RD SDA 3 9 RDB RD RDB 4 6 SDA SD RDA 2 7 SDB SD SG 1 5 SG KV 700 1000 3000 5000 5500 KV L20R L20V L21V PORT2 RS422 485 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 5 KV 700 1000 3000 5000 5500 KV L20R L20V L21V PORT2 RS485 2 wire PLC RS422 485 Terminal block HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name S R 5 8 RDA RD S RC 3 9 RDB RD S R a 6 SDA SD S R 2 7 SDB SD SG 1 5 SG There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 6 KV Nano KV N11L PLC RS422 485 Terminal block
109. 377 R W Octal Counter Values CV V 1000 to 1377 R W Octal Data Registers D V 1400 to 7377 R W Octal System Parameters1 SR1 V 400 to 777 R Octal System Parameters2 SR2 V 7400 to 7777 R Octal Ext Registers ER V 10000 to 35777 R W Octal We confirm the address number range of DirectLogic 205 only The usable address number range varies based on the PLC model For details refer to the PLC manual The Bit Write operation on the MICRO I depends on the state of Bit Write operation will write to a byte checkbox in the Communication Driver tab on the Porject Settings dialog box Note the following points Byte refers to 8 bits Check When executing Bit Write all other bits in the byte are turned off Unchecked When executing Bit Write all other bits are not changed During Bit Write operation the MI CRO I reads the byte data including the designated bit from the PLC performs logical AND or OR operation with the designated bit and writes the result into the PLC therefore all other bits in the byte are not changed IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 157 13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES DirectLogic Ethernet Bit Device l Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MICRO I PLC Write System Input Points Bit X X 0 to 1777 R Octal Output Points Bit Y 0 to 1777 R W Octal Control Relays Bit C C 0 to 3777 R W Octal Special Relays
110. 39F R W 1 Timer T T 0 to 3071 R Decimal Counter C C 0 to 3071 Decimal Error alarm relay E E 0 to 2047 Decimal Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MICRO I PLC Write System Input WX WX 0 to 00511 R Decimal Output WY WY 0 to 00511 R W Decimal Internal Relay WR WR 0 to 00886 R W Decimal Special Internal relay WRE WR 900 to 00910 R Decimal Link Relay WL WL 0 to 00639 R W Decimal Timer Counter Elapsed value EV EV 0 to 03071 R Decimal Timer Counter Set value SV SV 0 to 03071 R W Decimal Data register DT DT 0 to 99999 R W Decimal Link data register LD LD 0 to 08447 R W Decimal File register FL FL 0 to 32764 R W Decimal The device ranges may differ depending on the PLC model For details Please refer to PLC Manual for supported memory ranges of the PLC The first three digits are in decimal and the last digit is in binary 2 n FP2SH the contents of a bank 0 are read or written 2 142 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 12 YASKAWA Electric 12 1 Connection Table 12 YASKAWA Electric WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link Unit icati Interface Flow Control communication Driver Machine Controller MP920 Not required RS232C ER MP920 RTU MP930 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 145 2171F RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 145
111. 4 wire 4 2 Communication Conditions DM Link 1 1 Communication DM Link 1 N Communication Item Setting Synchronization Asynchronous Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even 4 3 Flow control The following choices are available for the flow control method DM Link 1 1 Communication Interface Flow Control RS232C None or ER RS422 485 2 wire RS422 485 4 wire None DM Link 1 N Communication Interface Flow Control RS232C None or ER RS422 485 2 wire RS422 485 4 wire None 4 6 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 5 Data Memory DM Allocation 5 Data Memory DM Allocation 5 1 5 2 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 4 7 In DM Link 1 1 Communication or DM Link 1 N Communication DMO to DM13 and DM16 to DM8191 can be freely used as the User Area In DM Link 1 1 Communication the Event transmission control area can be allocated to DM14 and DM15 However the Event transmission is not supported with DM Link 1 N Communication Description Data Memory EFF z ae DM Link 1 1 Communication DM Link 1 N Communication User Area DMOO LI Event Transmission can be available User Area DM12 13 User Area Event Transmission is not available DO to D11 Event Transmi
112. 599 R W Link Register Ww W 0 to 24FF R W 1 File register R R 0 to 32767 R W Annunciator WF F 0 to 32752 R W 2 Special Relay WSM SM 0 to 2032 R 2 Special register SD SD 0 to 2047 R Edge Relay WV V 0 to 32752 R W 2 Step Relay WS S 0 to 32752 R W 2 s Timer current SN ST 0 to 2047 R W Special Link Register SW SW 0 to 7FF R W 1 Ext File Register ZR ZR 0 to FFFF R W 1 Set this address number in hexadecimal 2 Set this address number in multiples of 16 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 41 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC Q CPU Bit Device Device Name T E Address Number Range He nz Internal Relay M 0 to 32767 R W Input Relay X 0 to IFFF R 1 Output Relay Y Y 0 to 1FFF R W 1 Link Special Relay SB SB 0 to 7FF R W 1 Link Relay B B 0 to 1FFF R W 1 Latch Relay L L 0 to 32767 R W Annunciator F F 0 to 32767 R W Step Relay S S 0 to 8191 R W Edge Relay V V 0 to 32767 R W Timer contact TS T 0 to 23087 R Timer coil TC T 0 to 23087 R W Counter contact CS C 0 to 23087 R Counter coil cc C 0 to 23087 R W Retentive Timer contact SS ST 0 to 23087 R Retentive Timer coil SC ST 0 to 23087 R W Special Relay SM SM 0 to 2047 R Word Device Device Name Mi cT E Address Number Range ren pueri Input Relay WX X 0 to 1FFO R 1 2 Output Relay WY Y 0
113. 7 16 64 0 to 7 2 to 16 1 to 64 2 The address number range is as follows 7 8192 0 to 7 1 to 8192 3 The address number range is as follows 7 16 49 0 to 7 2 to 16 1 17 33 49 4 The address number range is as follows 7 8177 0 to 7 2 to 8177 5 The address number range is as follows 7 4096 0 to 7 1 to 4096 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 167 15 Yokogawa Electric FA M3 Ethernet Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range 4 Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Relay bit X X 00201 to 71664 R Decimal Output Relay bit M Y 00201 to 71664 R W Decimal Int Relay bit 00001 to 65536 R W Decimal Comm Relay bit E E 0001 to 4096 R W Decimal Link Relay bit L L 00001 to 78192 R W Decimal 2 Timer Relay bit TU T 0001 to 3072 R W Decimal Counter Relay bit CU C 0001 to 3072 R W Decimal Spec Relay bit M M 0001 to 9984 R W Decimal Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range F Numeral MICRO I PLC Write system Input Relay word XW X 00201 to 71649 R Decimal Output Relay word YW Y 00201 to 71649 R W Decimal Int Relay word IW 00001 to 65521 R W Decimal Comm Relay word EW E 0001 to 4081 R W Decimal Link Relay word LW L 00001 to 78177 R W Decimal 4 Timer Current Value T
114. 8 d s zx Numerical Display gt Reference Device Address DM1 Dedicated DM Link memory DM8190 DM8191 1 1 Communication Methods There are two basic types of DM Link Communication DM Link 1 1 Communication where the MICRO I is connected to an external device and DM Link 1 N Communication where multiple MICRO I are connected to an external device UOHeEDIUNWILUOD JUN Wd gt DM Link 1 1 Communication The external device is connected to a single MICRO I MICRO T External device DM Link 1 1 Communication EEEE Read y i EN o Dedicated DM Link memory nnns Write The Event Transmission function from the MICRO I can be used with DM Link 1 1 Communication The Event Transmission function is a function that works as follows When value in the dedicated DM Link memory of the MICRO I is changed the data is transmitted from the MICRO I to the external device External device DM Link 1 1 Communication MICRO DMO 100 iesus Event transmission HERES DMO O gt _100 4 Dedicated DM et lane n Uinkmemoy rr ON eS DM2 200 ERDE HE O ieee DM2 0 200 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 4 1 1 Overview DM Link 1 N Communication The external device is connected to multiple MICRO I by using a serial interface External dev
115. B 1698 0 ll wan External Device Setup Manual SAFETY PRECAUTATIONS Confirm that the delivered product is what you have ordered Read this manual to make sure of correct operation SAFETY PRECAUTATIONS Be certain to read the INSTRUCTION SHEET and the WindO I NV4 User s manual carefully before performing installation wiring or maintenance work or operating the HG2G 5T The HG2G 5T has been manufactured with careful regard to quality However if you intend to use this product in applications where failure of this equipment may result in damage to property or injury ensure that it used in conjunction with appropriate fail safe backup equipment In this manual safety precautions are categorized in order of importance to Warning and Caution Warning notices are used to emphasize that improper operation may cause severe A WARNING personal injury or death Caution notices are used where inattention might cause personal injury or damage to A CAUTION equipment N WARNING The HG2G 5T is not intended to be used for applications which require high reliability and safety such as medical equipment nuclear equipment railways aircraft and vehicles The HG2G 5T cannot be used for these applications For other applications which require high reliability in function and precision provide a failsafe design and redundant design for the entire system including the HG2G 5T Turn off the power to the HG2G 5T before
116. C 3000 to 99999 3 R Decimal Counter underflow UN C 3000 to 99999 3 R Decimal For details about the address notation refer to Expression of Device Address Format Expression of Device Address Format Notation Allen Bradley WindO I NV4 PECS programming software l I 277 17 I 27717 1 277 17 L1to2 digits Terminal number 2 digits Terminal number 1 digit Group number 1 digit Group number 1 to 2 digits Rack number 1 to 2 digits Rack number 2 B 3 12 15 B 301215 B3 12 15 1to 2 digits Bit number 2 digits Bit number 1to 3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number or Word number or Word number 1to 3 digits File number 1 to 3 digits File number With the PLC 5 addresses can be specified with word and bit units or with bit units only i e there are two ways while with WindO I NV4 you must specify addresses using word and bit units 3 TDN 4 12 TDN 4012 TDN4 12 1to 3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number or Word number or Word number 1 to 3 digits File number 1 to 3 digits File number 2 84 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Word Device 4 Allen Bradley Device Type Address Number Range Address n Read Device Name 1 Writ Numeral MI CRO I PLC Range Notation rite System Input WI 0 to 277 1 R Octal Output wo O 0 to
117. C None MASTER K Connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 195 K80S Not required RS232C K120S Connects to CPU unit Connecti iagram 2 Page 2 195 K200S K80S G7L CUEB RS232C Connect iagram 3 Page 2 195 G7L CUEC RS422 485 4 wire Connecti iagram 4 Page 2 196 K200S G6L CUEB RS232C Connect iagram 3 Page 2 195 G6L CUEC RS422 485 4 wire Connect iagram 4 Page 2 196 K300S G4L CUEA RS232C Connecti iagram 3 Page 2 195 RS422 485 4 wire Connecti iagram 4 Page 2 196 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 193 SIINDA Jeux 0 UOISUUOD N 18 LSIS 18 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of LSIS PLCs to the MICRO I MASTER K K10S1 Loader Port RS232C n aua r Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 195 K10S1 MICRO I MASTER K K80S K120S K200S Loader Port RS232C Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 195 K80S K120S MICRO I K200S MASTER K K80S Interface Module a A RS232C s m 4 r r Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 195 K80S G7L CUEB RS485 4 wire MICRO I Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 196 FB G7L CUEC MASTER K K2008 Interface Module RS232C u Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 195 K200S G6L CUEB MICRO I RS485 4 wire eee Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 196 G7L CUEC MASTER K K300S Interface Module RS232C Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 195 Ll K300S G4L CUEA RS485
118. CE WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit Flow Communication Interface Control Driver KV 700 1000 3000 5000 KV 700 Not required RS232C None KV 3000 5000 KV 1000 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 106 KV 3000 KV 700 KV L20R RS232C PORT1 KV 1000 KV L20V Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 106 KV 5000 Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 106 KV 5500 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 107 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 107 KV LE20A Ethernet KV Ethernet KV LE20V KV LE21V KV 5000 Not required KV 5500 connects to Ethernet port Conventional KV KV 10 16 20 40 Not required RS232C None KV KZ KV 80 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 106 Visual KV KV 10 Not required RS232C None KV KZ KV 16 24 40 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 106 KV Nano KV N14 Not required RS232C None KV 3000 5000 KV N24 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 106 KV N40 KV N10L RS232C KV N60 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 106 KV N11L RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 107 1 MICRO I does not support all device addresses of the Visual KV series IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 103 s n d Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOY 5 6 KEYENCE 6 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of KEYENCE PLCs to the MICRO I Connects
119. Clear CL CL 0 to 2559 R W Decimal Extension External Input Bit EX EX 0 to 5F7FF R 2 Extension External Output Bit EY EY 0 to 5F7FF R W 2 Word Device f Bevice Type Address Number Read mecs Device Name Range Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC g System External Input Word WX WX 0 to 5F7 R 3 External Output Word WY WY 0 to 5F7 R W 3 Internal Output Word WR WR 0 to FFFF R W Hexadecimal Data Area WM Word WM WM 0 to 7FFF R W Hexadecimal Timer Counter Current TC TC 0 to 2559 R W Decimal Data Area WN WN WN 0 to IFFFF R W Hexadecimal Extension External Input Word WEX WEX 0 to 5F7F R a Extension External Output Word WEY WEY 0 to 5F7F R W 24 1 The address number range is as follows X5F95 Bit Number 00 to 95 Decimal Slot Number 0 to F Hexadecimal Unit Number 0 to 5 2 The address number range is as follows EX 5 F 7FF Bit Number 000 to 7FF Hexadecimal Slot Number 0 to F Hexadecimal Unit Number 0 to 5 3 The address number range is as follows WX5F7 Word Number 0 to 7 Slot Number 0 to F Hexadecimal Unit Number 0 to 5 4 The address number range is as follows WEX 5 F 7F Word Number 00 to 7F Hexadecimal Slot Number 0 to F Hexadecimal Unit Number 0 to 5 2 214 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 22 INVERTER 22 INVERTER 22 1 Connection Table Mitsubishi Electric peas Link unit WindO I NV4 Settings Interface Flow Control Communication Driver
120. Communication Unit Communication Driver Network Set the node address which is set in the Ethernet Communication Unit Set the port number of MICRO I If you set 0 the port number of MICRO I is set automatically HMI FINS Network Address Set the network address of the MICROJ I HMI FINS Node Address Set the node address of the MICRO I FINS Node Address MICRO I Port Number Communication Driver The communication settings are fixed For details refer to the Ethernet Communication Unit manual 2 64 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 OMRON 3 5 Usable Device Addresses SYSMAC C Communication Driver SYSMAC C series Bit Device Device Name Al pevce Dee Address Number Range pine u En Input Output Internal Relay R CIO 0 to 99915 120000 to 614315 R W 1 em Link Relay LR LR 0 to 19915 R W Holding Relay HR HR 0 to 51115 R W 9 Auxiliary Memory Relay AR AR 0 to 95915 R a Timer contact TIMC TC 0 to 2047 Counter contact CNTC TC 0 to 4095 R Word Device Device Name m T Address Number Range Tone erg din ns f Input Output Internal Relay WR CIO 0 to 999 1200 to 6143 R W v Link Relay WLR LR 0 to 199 R W y Holding Relay WHR HR 0 to 511 R W S Auxiliary Memory Relay WAR AR 0 to 959 R g Timer current value TIMN TC 0 to 2047 Counter current value CNTN TC 0 to 4095 R Data Memory DM DM 0 to 9999 R W
121. Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name FG 1 _ 1 SD SD 2 2 RD RD 9 3 RS RTS 4 4 CS CTS 5 5 SG DSR 6 SG 7 LL x 2 174 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC PLC RS485 Terminal block Name Pin No Connection Diagram 4 SDA SDB RDA RDB SG FLEX PC Series Link Module RS485 Port HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 SG 16 Fuji Electric Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Connection Diagram 5 MICREX F Series RS232C Port PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name 5V 1 1 SD SD 2 2 RD RD 3 E 3 RS RTS 4 4 CS CTS 5 5 SG DSR 6 SG 7 CD 8 DTR 20 CI 22 Connection Diagram 6 Name Pin No SDA SDB RDA RDB SG MICREX F Series RS485 Port PLC RS422 485 Terminal block HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 SG Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 There is no pin nu
122. DEC 12 5 Usable Device Addresses 12 YASKAWA Electric Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Write Numeral MICRO I PLC System Coil MB MW 0 to 4095F R W 1 Inputs Status IB IW 0 to FFFFF R Hexadecimal Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC System Holding Registers MW MW 0 to 65535 R W Decimal Inputs Registers IW IW 0 to FFFF R Hexadecimal 1 Upper four digits Register Number decimal The lowest digit Bit Number hexadecimal 4095 F Leit Number Register Number IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 149 SIINDA Jeux 03 UOIPSUUOY 5 13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 13 1 Connection Table WindO I NV4 Settings 2 150 CPU unit Link Unit Flow Communication Interface p Control Driver DirectLogic 05 DL05 D0 ECOM Ethernet DirectLogic Ethernet D0 ECOM100 DirectLogic 06 DLO6 D0 ECOM Ethernet DirectLogic Ethernet D0 ECOM100 DirectLogic 205 D2 240 D2 ECOM Ethernet DirectLogic Ethernet D2 250 D2 ECOM F D2 250 1 D2 ECOM100 D2 260 D2 240 Port2 Not required RS232C None DirectLogic 205 405 D2 250 Port1 2 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 153 D2 260 Port1 2 DirectLogic 405 D4 430 Not required RS232C None DirectLogic 205 405
123. DM100 4 23 UOHeEDSIUNWILUOD JUN Wd gt 8 DM Link 1 N Communication Format 8 3 Clear This command is used by the external device to clear the MICRO I receive buffer Format Description Command Code Description Bytes EOT 04h Clear receive buffer 1 When the MICRO I receives the EOT command all data received prior to receiving it is cleared 8 4 Station Number With DM Link 1 N Communication the MICRO I receives commands when the station number is its own station number FFh or 00h The operations that take place are given in the following table Station Number Operation The station number of the MICROJ I Reads from or writes to the data memory and returns a response This is used in normal operation FFh Writes to the data memory but does not return a response This is used to write to all connected MICRO I units at one time 00h Reads from the data memory and returns a response This is used for monitoring Communication Example Write Ah to DMO with BCC Station Number DM Address DMO Words Data for writing to DMO External Device oOzm MICRO I No response from the MICRO I 4 24 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 9 BCC Calculation 9 BCC Calculation 9 1 BCC Calculation Example for DM Link 1 N Communication External Device BCC 1 Calculation range MICRO I BCC 2 Calculatio
124. Decimal 1 All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in hexadecimal IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 191 17 Toshiba 17 6 The mapping table of devices between PROSEC T Series and V Series When you use V Series PLCs refer to the following table and replace a device name from PROSEC T Series to V Series V Series S controller T Series Computer Link Variable name Symbol Device Name Device Type Device S Special device S System register Register SW Special register SW Device D Auxiliary device R Data register f Register DW Auxiliary register Data register RW D IX Input device Device A QX Output device 1 0 variable IW Input register XW Register QW Output register YW User register Register Variable name File register F x t V Series S controller has some variables to keep compatibility with PROSEC T Series Computer Link protocol of V Series can communicate those variables with the symbol of T Series For details of communication setting refer to the PROSC T Series and V Series user s manual 2 192 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 18 LSIS 18 1 Connection Table 18 LSIS WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link Unit Communication Interface Flow Control Driver MASTER K K10S1 Not required RS232
125. Decimal 5 3 Momentum Modbus TCP Client Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC System Coil C 1to 65536 R W Decimal Inputs Status 100001 to 165536 R Decimal Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC System Holding Registers HR 400001 to 465536 R W Decimal Inputs Registers IR 300001 to 365536 R Decimal WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 5 11 IDEC 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function 6 1 Overview of the Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function The Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave function performs that a computer or PLC refers to as an external device can read and write the MICRO I communication devices via the Ethernet or Serial cable The read write of a device is performed using the Modbus TCP protocol Modbus TCP Server function or Modbus RTU protocol Modbus RTU Slave function For Modbus TCP Server a maximum of four external devices can be simultaneously connected to the MICRO I Operation of the Communication The external device is capable of reading writing to the MICRO I communication devices It is also possible to read or write communication devices from the MICRO I Read Write from the External Device The external device is capable of reading or writing the data in the communication device value at the any timing
126. EM EM 0 to 1FF R W Extended keep relay WEK EK 0 to FF R W Extended link relay WEL EL 0 to 1FF R W Extended timer contact WET ET 0 to 7F R 1 Extended counter contact WEC EC 0 to 7F R 1 nen present value EN EN 0 to 7FF R Extended data register U U 0 to 7FFF R W Extended special register ES ES 0 to 7FF R W Extended setup value register H H 0 to 7FF R W Extended input WGX GX 0 to FFF R W 3 Extended output WGY GY 0 to FFF R W 3 Extended internal relay WGM GM 0 to FFF R W 3 Extended Buffer register 0 EBO EB 0 to 7FFF R W 3 Extended Buffer register 1 EB1 EB 8000 to FFFF R W 3 Extended Buffer register 2 EB2 EB 10000 to 17FFF R W 3 Extended Buffer register 3 EB3 EB 18000 to 1FFFF R W 3 Depending on the type of CPU operation mode of PC3J that you will be using the there are limits to the areas that can be used within the device ranges given above For details refer to the PLC manual 1 Parameter set program No in Link parameter is an objective of command processing When the built in standard link parameters are not set Probraml is an objective of command processing 3 These device address are available in the case of a PC3J G mode 2 124 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 9 TOSHIBA MACHINE 9 TOSHIBA MACHINE 9 1 Connection Table WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit icati Interface Flow Control communication Driver TC200 TC3 13B1 Not required
127. EUJ93X3 0 UOIPSUUOY N 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC FX LINK Bit Device Device Name em I DE Address Number Range A mn Int Relay M M 0 to 7679 R W Decimal Input Relay X X 0 to 377 R W Octal Output Relay Y Y 0 to 377 R W Octal Timer Relay contact TS T 0 to 511 R W Decimal Counter Relay contact CS C 0 to 255 R W Decimal Special Internal Relay SM SM 8000 to 8511 R W Decimal State S S 0 to 4095 R W Decimal Word Device Device Name m Zere re Address Number Range IE Br Data Register D D 0 to 7999 R W Decimal Input Relay word WX X 0 to 360 R W Octal Output Relay word WY Y 0 to 360 R W Octal Int Relay word WM M 0 to 7664 R W Decimal Timer Current Value TN T 0 to 511 R W Decimal Counter Current Value CN C 0 to 199 R W Decimal State word WS S 0 to 4080 R W Decimal Special Internal Relay word WSM M 8000 to 8496 R W Decimal Special Data Register SD D 8000 to 8511 R W Decimal 32 bit counter current value DCN C 2000 to 2511 R W 2 Extended Register R R 0 to 32767 R W Decimal Setthis address number in hexadecimal 2 This is a 32 bit device address The first three digits indicate the address number in decimal and the last digit indicates whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32 bit data in binary 2 46 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC MELSEC Q QnA Ethernet 2 Mitsubishi Elect
128. Event Data Transmission Communication Example 4 19 Event Data Transmission Sequence sss 4 18 Event Transmission 2 rir vici p sacrata erinan 4 18 Event transmission control area eseeeen 4 7 Exception 20 0 SPPERBEENEFRRERTERERENEFHEENEFEEPSERGEREEEFERENFERRFORUER 5 23 External Device Address Settings ccecce 6 3 External devices PLC connection cable 7 1 F FANUC ES 2 159 FC2A KPIC p 7 1 Flow Control DM Link 1 1 Communication eee 4 6 DM Link 1 N Communication eee 4 6 DJ IE EIGCONIG ite EN 2 169 as nfe ene EC ERE 5 18 G GE Fanuc Automation cccccsceeeeecseceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 2 128 H HG9Z XC275 essessesse emen nennen nennen nnn 7 1 Hitachi Sn resi rapa etae v a eec aad vae puta sa te 2 113 Index 2 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems 2 211 How to set Device Address for ControlLogix and Compact LOGIX Series sirsiran ck na bri xui Resp P KR RR 2 91 l DEG Saa A A rA ERE EA 2 1 Important Points Regarding Wiring 1 4 INVERTER o anne nimmer annahm 2 215 J JTEKT Toyoda iere nao er eemaneanmanne 2 119 K zz ere 2 103 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES eee 2 150 L ESIS m 2 193 M Maximum number of source devices at one time 6 9 Mitsubishi Electric u 2 14 hp 5 1 Modbus RTU Slave Function en 5 1
129. FREQROL FREQROL E500 RS422 485 4 wire None FREQROL FREQROL S500 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 215 22 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of a Mitsubishi Electric inverter with the MICRO I Mitsubishi Electric H zu eum PU RS485 Connector Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 215 MICRO I zn For details including the connection procedures refer to the instruction manual provided with the Mitsubishi Electric inverter 22 3 Connection Diagram fy The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details E regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection diagram 1 PLC R485 PU connector Name Pin No SDA SDB RDA RDB SG noc A u Mitsubishi Electric inverter PU connector HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No 8 Name RDA RD RDB RD SDA SD AJNI O SDB SD SG 1 Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 X There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 215 SIND Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOY 5 22 INVERTER 22 4 Environment Settings Mitsubishi Electr
130. IEMENS S7 1200 Ethernet Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems EH Ethernet WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 3 Settings of the 1 N Communication 3 Settings of the 1 N Communication 3 1 External Device Address Settings Common setting When 1 N Communication is specified configure the device setting according to the format below This applies to the external device settings only External Device ID Delimiter Device Type Space Device Address Delimiter is a colon Example 1 D 1000 Ethernet communication driver In case of Ethernet communication driver attach IP address and Port number for PLC to the External Device ID Configure communicated PLC information on Communication Driver Network in Project Settings Settings when a communication error occurs Configure the operation settings in the event of a communication error These settings are displayed in the Communication Driver tab on the Project Settings dialog box Item Setting Ignore communication errors and continue Specifies whether or not to stop MICRO I operation if a communication error occurs operation Specifies whether or not to display an error message communication error if operation Display error continues after a communication error occurs If Ignore communication errors and continue message operation is enabled an Ack acknowledge button is displayed in the error message
131. L 5 SG SG SG EN ST NC vx X4 FE paneer enna FE FE Connection Diagram 5 SmartAXIS Pro Lite FT1A PC2 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name SG 7 URC 8 RDA RD A 2 9 RDB RD B 1 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD PME T NIE 5 SG Refer to Chapter 7 1 1 External devices PLC connection cable FC2A KP1C HG9Z XC275 on page 7 1 about the connection diagram of HG9Z XC275 In case of HG2G 5T a connection cable part number HG9Z XC275 is available Y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 11 2 12 1 IDEC 1 4 Environment Settings OpenNet Controller and MICROSmart Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Item Setting Baud Rate 9600 bps Data Bits 7 bits Communication Interface Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Even Communication Driver Network Slave Number 0 Set the Special Internal Relay M8014 of OpenNet Controller to ON if you connect OpenNet Controller to MI CRO I OpenNet Controller MICROSmart MI CROSmart Pentra Connects to Web Se
132. M Link communication 3 1 RS232C Flow Control setting ER External Device HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Male Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name CD 1 1 SD RD 2 2 RD SD 3 3 RS ER 4 4 CS SG 5 5 SG DR 6 RS 7 CS 8 The pin numbers are for a typical personal computer Be sure to check the pin arrangement for the ak external device that you will be using Flow Control setting None External Device HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Male Connector Terminal block 1 2 3 ER 4 SG 5 DR 6 RS 7 CS 8 The pin numbers are for a typical personal computer Be sure to check the pin arrangement for the AXk external device that you will be using 4 4 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 2 RS422 485 e 4 wire External Device HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name FG ee N A 8 RDA RD SDA L i 9 RDB RD SDB 6 SDA SD RDA 7 er 7 SDB SD RDB 5 SG SG v mn iS Z There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 e 2 wire External Device HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Shield W
133. M15 is 512 Event data transmission is not performed in the following cases When a value equal to or larger than 8192 is written to DM15 When the serial interface is RS422 485 2 wire When data in the event area is modified by a write command from the external device Uuoneo iunuuuuo JUN Wd gt 6 Settings The settings required in WindO I NV4 for the using the DM Link communication are located in the Configuration System Setup Project dialog box For details refer the WindO I NV4 User s Manual Set the items in the following table in accordance with the external device that you will be using 6 1 DMLink 1 1 Communication DM Link 1 N Communication Project Settings dialog box Tab Name Setting Name Description Start Time sec Set this to 0 Use System Area Select this if you want to use the system area Device Address Specify the system area start Device address System Use System Areas 3 4 Select this if you want to use the system areas 3 and 4 Watch Dog If you select Watch Dog set the Write Device and the Time write Device Address interval If you will transmit from the MICRO I to the external device set a write device for the event output area Time sec Select the Function to be used The details of External Device Function Communication 1 to the External Device Communication 4 are configured on the Communication Driver tab Select the same setting used for
134. MI COM2 RS485 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 206 RS232C 7 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 206 MICRO I 1 When enabling the check box to Input TLP in the Tag Editor on the WindO I NV4 allows expansion of these TLPs to support the ROC Plus Protocol IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 205 SIND Jeux 03 UOISUUOD 5 20 Emerson Electric 20 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 PLC RS422 485 Terminal block FloBoss COM1 RS485 HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name A 8 RDA RD B 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 SG Connection Diagram 2 PLC RS232C Terminal block FloBoss COM2 RS232C HG2G 5T Terminal block 20 4 Environment Settings Name Pin No Pin No Name TX il SD RX 2 RD RTS 3 RS GND 4 CS 5 SG Connecting with FloBoss COM1 RS485 or COM2 RS232C Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Items Details Interface RS232C or RS485 Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Communication Interface Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop
135. MW10 0 to 511 R W Decimal The virtual addresses for I O memory differs according to the system configuration To read and write to the O memory area handle this with indirect access through the standard memory in the MICREX SX IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 183 s 2n q Jeux 03 UOISUUOD 5 17 Toshiba 17 Toshiba 17 1 Connection Table WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link Unit Flow Communication Interface Control Driver PROSECT T1 T1 16 Not required RS232C ER PROSEC T T1 28 Connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 188 T1 40 cul RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 188 T1S T1 40S Not required RS232C ER Connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 188 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 187 CU111 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 188 T2 PU224 Not required RS422 485 4 wire Connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 187 T2E PU234E Not required RS232C ER Connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 187 CM231E RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 188 CM232E RS232C ER Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 187 T2N PU215N Not required RS232C PU235N Connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 187 PU245N RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 189 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 188 T3 PU315 Not required
136. Master and a slave MICRO I connected to the O I Link Master is called an O Link Slave A maximum of 15 O I Link Slaves can be connected to an O I Link Master MICRO I O I Link Master Device Link Communication External device Read SSS mE Di 5678 ur EEEEEEEEE 0 1 Write n m 4 E iE ay O I Link Communication Write m Read Numerical Display Reference Device Address D1 eooo Write uoneoiunuuuuo JUN 1 0 m Bit Button Destination Device Address M1 ll MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I O I Link Slave O I Link Slave O I Link Slave Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 15 Y The HG4G 3G the HG2G 5F 5T 5S S can be connected on the O I Link Communication The HG4G EA 3G the HG2G 5F 5S S must support the runtime system version 4 01 or later The HG4G 3G the HG2G 5F 5T 5S S and the HG4F 3F 2F 2S 1F have different O I Link ik Communication therefore they can not be connected on the same O I Link Communication e O I Link Communication can only be used for an external device set to External Device Communication 1 on the MICRO I to use as the O I Link Master Set the same communication driver to External Device Communication 1 of the O I Link Master and the O I Link Slave IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 3 1 1 Outline 1 1 Wiring Diagram 3 2 Connect between HG2G 5T Master SDA
137. Miarnsuit ae en ee RR 2 58 3 4 Environment Settings cire ehe onse ra beni Fa EUER nahe uiid 2 61 3 5 Usable Device Addresses emen nen 2 65 Allen Bradley e MM 2 69 41 Connection Table ciconia neis i nadar tn Een ea 2 69 4 2 SYSTEM Configuration i oit tenth Ro SER rhe hp E9R RARE Dep PrURI I DL ARR eh 2 71 43 Connection Diagralm sisxissxiee ccce nette nn 2 73 4 4 Environment Settings sereni kh nx ind Tae eda be a diced RA RR 2 76 4 5 Usable Device Addresses ssssssssseen en emen menn 2 79 4 6 How to set Device Address for ControlLogix and CompactLogix series 2 91 SIEMENS E iii er dide she tek A ana dro ere eruta aver ke Ve 2 93 Bad Connection Tablet 2 93 5 2 System Configuratio u han nen eniin eh anna 2 94 5 3 Connection Diagra Menue nennen nee 2 95 5 4 Environment Settings enter ana 2 97 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC IDEC 10 11 12 13 5 5 Usable Device Addresses indian en 2 99 KEYENCE ais TS 2 103 Gel Connection Table zinc ee ee 2 103 6 2 System CONfigUrdtion san nein re 2 104 6 3 Connection Diagramme ange ae end ee 2 106 6 4 Environment Settings udanie iieiaeie aan d dd dde RP ER RR ERR ina 2 108 6 5 Usable Device Addresses sssssssssee emen 2 110 als IT 2 113 7 1 Connection Table EERE E ANENE TERN URGERE 2 113 7 2 System Configuration 4 20 sodio tontos to een ta 2 114
138. P T 0001 to 3072 R Decimal Counter Current Value CP C 0001 to 3072 R Decimal Timer Preset Value TS T 0001 to 3072 R W Decimal Counter Preset Value CS C 0001 to 3072 R W Decimal Data Register D D 00001 to 65535 R W Decimal Link Register Ww W 00001 to 78192 R W Decimal File Register B B 00001 to 262144 R W Decimal Spec Relay MW M 0001 to 9969 R W Decimal Spec Register Z Z 0001 to 1024 R W Decimal Comm Register R R 0001 to 4096 R W Decimal Index Register V V 001 to 256 R W Decimal Cache register F F 000001 to 524288 R W Decimal The address number range is as follows 7 16 64 0 to 7 2 to 16 1 to 64 2 The address number range is as follows 7 8192 0 to 7 1 to 8192 3 The address number range is as follows 7 16 49 0 to 7 2 to 16 1 17 33 49 4 The address number range is as follows 7 8177 0 to 7 2 to 8177 5 The address number range is as follows 7 4096 0 to 7 1 to 4096 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 168 16 1 Connection Table 16 Fuji Electric WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link Unit Flow Communication Interface Control Driver FLEX PC NB1 Not required RS232C None FLEX PC CPU NB2 Connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 174 NES RS422 485 4 wire NJ CPU E4 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 174 NJ CPU A8 NJ CPU B16 NS NB1 NB RS1 AC DC RS232C ER FLEX PC LI NK NB2 Connection Diagra
139. PU42 C200HG CPU43 63 C200HX CPU44 64 RS232C Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 59 RS232C Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 59 RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I E EA You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5 2 54 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 OMRON e SYSMAC CS C CP series Connects to RS232C Port on the CPU Unit RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 000000000 iE MICRO I You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5 EN A Q o 3 e SYSMAC CS C CP series Connects to the Ethernet Communication Unit R SYSMAC CS1 series o Communication Board o 4 m A RS232C xim 4 o Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CS1G CS1H y lt CS1W SCB41 port1 Men o m RS422 dum 4 f Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 59 MICRO I CS1W SCB41 port2 You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 55 3 OMRON SYSMAC CJ CP series Communication Board 3 RS232C 8 m tmm z Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CJ 1M CJ 1H CJ 1G CJ 2M CJ2H CP1H CJ1W SCU21 V1 RS422 em H Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU31 V1 RS232C tel umi Connect
140. RA FTIA PC1L RS232C None OpenNet MICROSmart FT1A B24RC SmartAXIS Pro Lite RS232C 485 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual SIND Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOY 5 1 IDEC 1 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of IDEC PLCs to the MICRO I OpenNet Controller Connects to RS232C port of the CPU unit OpenNet Controller Interface Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 I MICRO I FC3A CP2 OpenNet Controller Connects to RS485 port of the CPU unit 1 OpenNet Controller Interface Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 f MICRO I FC3A CP2 MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra Connects to the communication port1 Banosanon RS232C ein Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 or Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 11 MICRO I FCAA FC5A FC5A D12K1E and FC5A D12S1E can not be connected to the MICRO I with RS232C cable because they don t have built in RS232C port 2 4 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 1 IDEC MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra Connects to the communication port 2 FCAA C16R2 FC5A C10R2 FC4A C24R2 FC5A C16R2 FC5A C24R2 FC5A C10R2C FC5A C16R2C FC5A C24R2C FC4A C16R2 FC5A C10R2 FCAA C24R2 FC5A C16R2 FC5A C24R2 FC5A C10R2C FC5A C16R2C FC5A C24R2C FCAA DY FC5A DY FCAA DY FC5A DY IDEC
141. RR EX RR want alt IEEE FERE ME EA 2 201 19 4 Environment SettiIQ5 duc sennen nip rado ee ker e db e DE aa DIR A RR 2 203 19 5 Usable Device Addresses emm 2 204 Emerson isle EP 2 205 v merita nennen EEE TREE 2 205 20 2 System Configuration emt et iari ra ren iet hien be x oc B EEA 2 205 20 3 Connection Diagramme Dee lb CDU RI nq RR 2 206 20 4 Environment Settings semet tree anne aan nenn 2 206 20 5 Usable Device Addresses ssssssssee emen 2 207 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems ssssssse eme 2 211 21 1 Connection Table deinen Rez sad X cepe er OU LUC PIER 2 211 21 2 System Configuration anche dE RIA N Ma ERR ERR 2 212 21 3 Environment Settings ieseesesesei stre hpete meer nenn na 2 213 21 4 Usable Device Addresses zunnsunsennnnennnnnnennn mme 2 214 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 22 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 IDEC Dd dgio 44a a near T 2 215 22 1 Connection Table ran ne el MER 2 215 22 2 SYSTEM CoNfIgUFAtION cin ee ae 2 215 22 3 Connection DIAGKAM ana nan aha 2 215 22 4 Environment Settings hou eee nete nme denne EUR MUR 2 216 22 5 Usable Device Addresses uusnsuensnennennnnenennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nenn nenn ann 2 217 O I Link Communication enun fie 3 1 ld Wiring Diagratmicdedseudeoise ism pealucine Feline aia dede ne EUR RERO RR UR 3 2 xe 3 3 Communication Service Haken AD ERU tac a d
142. RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 146 MP2300 217IF 01 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 145 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 146 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 146 MP2200 218IF 01 Ethernet MP2000 MP2310 Not required MP2300S Connects to CPU unit 218IF 01 2181F 02 MP2400 Not required Connects to CPU unit IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 143 SIND Jeux 0 UOISUUOD 5 12 YASKAWA Electric 12 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of YASKAWA Electric PLCs to the MICRO I MP920 930 Connects to RS232C port on CPU Unit RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 145 MICRO I MP920 MP930 e MP920 930 217IF RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 145 RS485 el Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 145 MP920 MP930 2171F RS422 MICRO I Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 146 MP2300 217IF 01 RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 145 RS485 Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 146 MP2300 217IF 01 RS422 MICRO I Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 146 MP2000 Series Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet 4m MICRO I MP2000 Series 218IF 01 218IF 02 2 144 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 12 YASKAWA Electric 12 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regar
143. Relay word WY Y 0 to 360 R W Octal Int Relay word WM M 0 to 7664 R W Decimal Timer Current Value TN T 0 to 511 R Decimal Counter Current Value CN C 0 to 199 R Decimal State word WS S 0 to 4080 R W Decimal Special Internal Relay word WSM M 8000 to 8496 Decimal Special Data Register SD D 8000 to 8511 R Decimal 32 bit counter current value DCN C 2000 to 2511 R 1 Extended Register R R 0 to 32767 R W Decimal 1 This device is a 32 bit device The first three digits indicate the address number in decimal and the last digit indicates whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32 bit data in binary 2 48 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 1 Connection Table 3 OMRON WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit Flow Communication Interface a Control Driver SYSMAC C C500 C120 LK201 V1 RS232C ER SYSMAC C series C500F Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 C1000H C120 LK202 V1 RS422 485 4 wire None C2000 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 58 C2000H C500 LK201 V1 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 58 C500 LK203 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 59 C1000HF C500 LK203 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 59 C200H
144. S C200H LK201 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 C200H LK202 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 58 C200HE C200H LK201 RS232C ER C200HG Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 C200HX C200H LK202 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 58 C200HW COM02 COM04 RS232C COM05 COM06 Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 C200HW COM03 COM06 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 59 C120 C120 LK201 V1 RS232C ER SYSMAC C series C120F Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 C120 LK202 V1 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 58 C20H Not required RS232C C28H connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 59 C40H C60H C200HE CPU42 Not required RS232C C200HG CPU43 63 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 C200HX CPU44 64 CPM1 CPM1 CIFO1 RS232C CPM1A Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 59 ov CPM1 CIF11 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 60 C200HS CPU21 23 31 33 Not required RS232C CQM1H connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 59 CPM2A Not required RS232C connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 59 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 49 SIND Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOY 5 3 OMRON 2 50 WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit Flow Communication Interface A Control Driver SYSMAC CS1 CS1G Not required RS232C None SYSMAC CS1 series CS1H connects to CPU unit Connect
145. S422 Connection Diagram 10 Page 2 29 FX0S FX1S FXON FX1N FX1NC FX2N FX2NC FX3UC FX3U FX3G LJ MICRO I Mitsubishi Electric Cable RS422 D SO FX 20P CADP Connection Diagram 4 O FXIN lt gt FX1N 422 BD Page 2 27 i FX2N 4 FX2N 422 BD MICRO I a a A O ni n g Connection Diagram 10 Page 2 29 m FXIN 4 FX1N 422 BD ai FX2N gt FX2N 422 BD MICRO I 5 Cy P TET 1 mud Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 27 i i u 4 FX1N 232 BD FX2N 232 BD MICRO I RS422 iy Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 RS485 4 wire FX1N 485 BD gt FX2N 485 BD Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 MICRO I RS232C ni Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX3UC FX3U 4 FX3U 232 BD FX3G lt gt FX3G 232 BD MICRO I RS485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 RS485 2 wi FX3U 485 BD NE FX3G FX3G 485 BD Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 MICRO I IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 23 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC FX Series Connects to FX2NC 232ADP 485ADP FX3U 232ADP 485ADP RS232C id Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX2NC 232ADP RS485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 FX2NC 485ADP RS485 2 wire Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX1N CNV BD lt gt FX2NC 232ADP FX2N FX2N CNV BD RS4854 wire
146. Setup Manual IDEC 16 4 Environment Settings FLEX PC CPU to MICRO I settings 16 Fuji Electric Items Details Interface RS232C or RS485 4 wire Baud Rate 19200 bps Data Bits 8 bits F Use the same stop Bits settings as for the MICRO I Trop Dits Parity Odd Flow Control None FLEX PC Link Module to MICRO I settings Items Items Interface RS232C RS485 4 wire Operation Modes Command setting type start stop synchronization non sequenced format Baud Rate Data Bits Stop Bits Use the same Parity Flow Control Station Number 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 bps 7 or 8 bits 1 or 2 stop bits settings as for the MICRO I None Odd or Even None or ER 0 to 99 Decimal Q For details of communication setting refer to the FLEX PC user s manual Set up the mode switch of Interface Module as below RS232C No 1 RS485 No 3 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 177 So2I e Jeux 0 uonpoeuuo N 16 Fuji Electric FLEX PC Communication Setting 2 178 When you would like to set up the communication setting with the initialization file refer to the following setup Set up item of 4 5 6 and 7 as well as MICRO I settings No Item 0 1
147. Setup Manual Preface 12 Preface 13 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Chapter 1 Device Link Communication Device Link Communication refers to the communication protocol used for communication with the MICRO I via the CPU Unit or PLC Link Unit Programming Port of the external device connected to the MICRO l The MICRO I continuously reads the value of device of external device addresses on the currently displayed screen and external devices such as relays and registers on the screens are updated with the latest data at all times When a button is pressed or a command is executed in the MICRO I screen the value is written to the external device address Device Link Communicationn MICRO I Numerical Display jJ Reference Device Address DO E Button m d PEELE ELEY 0 i Destination Device Address MO mr LI mo A E SE an Q For details regarding the Command Method Communication refer to Chapter 2 Chapter 2 Connection to W External Devices on page 2 1 External device AREE DO 1234 UONEIIUNWIWUIOI JUN Dq Connection Types There are two basic types of connections 1 1 Communication where an external device is connected to a MICRO I and 1 N Communication where multiple external devices are connected to a MICRO I 1 1 Communication The MICRO I is connected to a single external device MICRO Device Link Commu
148. Slave Function The settings of the Modbus RTU Slave communication can be configured in the Configuration System Setup Project dialog boxes in 4 The following table lists the configurable settings Configure the settings according to the external device to be used Project Settings dialog box Tab Name Setting Name Description Select from the External Device Communication 1 to the Communication Interface Function ende External Device Communication 4 Manufacturer Select Modbus Communication Driver Communication Driver Select Modbus RTU Slave Slave Address Set the MICO I slave address number IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function 6 6 Modbus TCP Server Function Communication Format This chapter describes the communication format of the Modbus TCP communication The Modbus TCP communication supports Class 0 and Class 1 functions of the OPEN Modbus TCP SPECIFICATION Releasel 0 For details about the communication methods refer to the OPEN Modbus TCP SPECIFICATION Releasel 0 as well as this manual Preparations for Communication The Modbus TCP Server performs communications using the TCP Make sure to establish a connection with the specified port of the MICRO I with TCP before executing reading writing of devices Basic Format The following table lists the basic format of communications The same format applies to
149. U41 V1 port1 RS422 485 4 wire Connect ion Diagram 7 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU41 V1 port2 RS232C Connecti on Diagram 6 Page 2 59 Ethernet port on the CPU Unit CJ 1W ETN21 Ethernet SYSMAC CS1 CJ series Ethernet WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 OMRON WindO I NV4 Settings Connection D iagram 8 Page 2 60 CJ 1W SCU21 V1 RS232C Connection D iagram 6 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU31 V1 RS422 485 4 wire Connection D iagram 7 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU41 V1 port1 RS422 4 Connection D 85 4 wire iagram 7 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU41 V1 port2 RS232C Connecti iagram 6 Page 2 59 CPU unit Link unit Flow Communication Interface A Control Driver CJ2H CPU64 65 66 67 68 EIP Not required RS232C None SYSMAC CS1 series connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU21 V1 RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU31 V1 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCUA1 V1 port1 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU41 V1 port2 RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 Ethernet port Ethernet SYSMAC CS1 C on the CPU Unit series Ethernet CJ 1W ETN21 SYSMAC CP1 CP1E N14 N20 Not required RS232C None SYSMAC CS1 series connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CP1E NA20 N30 N40 N60 Not re
150. W C C Number R K H L Format Error response N Station 3 C A Number 9 R E g H L s Description Normal response Command Code Description Bytes ACK 06h Write finished correctly 1 Station Number DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII 2 W 57h Write response 1 CR 0Dh End 1 4 22 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 8 DM Link 1 N Communication Format Description Error response Transmission Command Code Description Bytes NAK 15h Command was not received correctly 1 Station Number DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII 2 Error code Refer to Chapter 4 10 Error Codes on page 4 26 1 CR 0Dh End 1 Write Sequence DM Address data DM Address External Device data Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper MICRO I DM Address n 1 Lower or AO Station W Number APPZ Station Number 9po 10413 H L Do not transmit the following command until the external device receives the response of a command ik which transmitted to the display machine or serves as a timeout Write Communication Example Write 22136 5678h to DM100 and 4660 1234h to DM101 without BCC External ELIO 1 W 006 4 0 2 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 C A N R Device Q A MICRO I k The shaded part of the command is ASCII code IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual When BCD8 is displayed from
151. WF F 0 to 240 R W 2 Special Internal Relay WSM SM 9000 to 9240 R 2 Special Register SD SD 9000 to 9255 R 1 Set this address number in hexadecimal 2 Set this address number in multiples of 16 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 38 MELSEC AnU CPU 2 Mitsubishi Electric Bit Device Device Name E DT lup Address Number Range aas ann Input Relay X X 0 to 1FFF R 1 Output Relay Y Y 0 to 1FFF R W 1 Internal Relay M M 0 to 8191 R W EN Link Relay B B 0 to 1FFF R W O Latch Relay L L 0 to 8191 R W 3 Timer contact TS T 0 to 2047 R Q Timer coil TC T 0 to 2047 R W Counter contact CS C 0 to 1023 R x Counter coil cc C 0 to 1023 R W Special Internal Relay SM SM 9000 to 9255 R X Annunciator F F 0 to 2047 R W a vo Word Device o Device Name Hi ae Address Number Range Hopi ene ee a 3 Input Relay WX X 0 to 1FFO R 1 2 d Output Relay WY Y 0 to 1FFO R W 1 2 Internal Relay WM M 0 to 8176 R W 2 Link Relay WB B 0 to 1FFO R W 1 2 Latch Relay WL L 0 to 8176 R W 2 Timer current value TN T 0 to 2047 R Counter current value CN C 0 to 1023 R Data Register D D 0 to 8191 R W Link Register W Ww 0 to 1FFF R W 1 Annunciator WF F 0 to 2032 R W 2 Special Internal Relay WSM SM 9000 to 9240 R 2 Special Register SD SD 9000 to 9255 R 1 Set this address number in hexadecimal 2 Set this address number in
152. ad 3 4 3 1 O I Link slave Registration Setting Register LSD102 in the O I Link master 3 4 3 2 O I Link slave Online Data Register LSD104 in the O I Link master 3 4 3 3 O I Link Polling Period Register LSD101 in the O I Link slaves 3 4 3 4 O I Link slave Error information Register LSD106 in the O I Link master 3 4 Communication Status Confirmation sssssssessee mmm 3 5 4 1 O I Link Master Error Processing ssssses nemen 3 5 4 2 Of Link Slave Error Processing sicinssnisenssia nri nte eie eaten rnnt re ed 3 5 4 3 Status of a Slave In the O I Link iiie hee ip anna 3 6 4 4 Slave changes status from Online to Offline in the O I Link esee 3 6 Important Notes eret reete ann A ra namen rn 3 7 5 1 Communication Traffic Volume of the O I Link Network eseseenne 3 7 Result on the Performance Evaluation of the MICRO I sss 3 8 m up eror pfo tg e cp PU 3 8 DM Link Communication eu 4 1 1 1 Communication Methods sssssssssss meme mene enne nnns 4 1 System Configuration s ssssssssisrisrsrttt ttrt mmm mee ee enne nee nnns 4 3 2 1 DM Link 1 1 Communication ccccccec eee eee mem m emen nen 4 3 2 2 DM Link 1 N COMMUNICAtION cccccececeeeee mme memes 4 3 Pup 4 4 3 1 S282 6 tontos UR anit dn Un unEE rnt ra fex
153. agers you can create and manage them in your project Setup Generic term used to refer to the common settings in the project Project Settings Basic settings of operation in the Setup settings Alarm Log A function where the MI CRO I collects log data of alarms Data Log A function where the MICRO I collects value of device addresses Script A script is an executable list of commands created by a simple programming p language Text Group A group of 32 texts maximum that is in order to dynamically switch the character displayed on the MICRO I according to the value of the device address Windows Font Text fonts that can be displayed on the Windows OS on which the WindO I NV4 is running Stroke Font A glyph s outline is defined by the vertices of individual strokes and stroke s profile Scalable fonts scale easily without jagged edges Under font settings Stroke is a stroke based font Maintenance Communication Communications between the WindO I NV4 and MICRO I using a dedicated protocol Device Monitor A special Popup Screen on the MICRO I on which value of the device address can be displayed or changed Preface 5 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Abbreviations Generic Terms and Terminology Used in this Manual Item Description Pass Through A function that enables maintenance of the external device via the MICRO I System Screen Pre alloca
154. agram 1 Tues Paez 2 106 Conventional KV series MICRO I Visual KV series Connects to the CPU unit modular connector for KV Nano PER EEE Connection Diagram 1 onen 2 106 KV Nano MICRO I SIND Lux 01 uonoeuuo 5 N Connects to KV Nano KV N10L N11L ge ee Connection Diagram 2 nee 2 106 MICRO I FREIEN C35 4 wire Connection Diagram 6 Genhection Diao Cases 7 2 107 KV Nano KV N11L MICRO I IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 105 6 KEYENCE 6 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 KV 700 1000 3000 Conventional KV Visual KV and KV Nano PLC RS232C Modular Connector HG2G 5T Terminal block Connector Pin Layout for PLC side Modular jack LIT 123456 Connection Diagram 2 KV 700 1000 3000 5000 5500 KV L20R L20V L21V PORT1 KV Nano KV N10L PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Male Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name CD 1 1 SD RD 2 2 RD SD B 3 RS ER 4 L 4 CS SG 5 5 SG DR 6 RS Jl CS 8 9 Connection Diagram 3 KV 700 1000
155. al Timer Contact T T 0 to 255 R Decimal Timer Coil TC T 0 to 255 R Decimal Counter Contact C C 0 to 255 R Decimal Counter Coil CC C 0 to 255 R Decimal Word Device l Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MICRO I PLC Write System Input Relay Word WX X 0 to 769 R Octal Output Relay Word WY Y 0 to 760 R W Octal Auxiliary Relay Word WM M 0 to 5104 R W Decimal Step Relay Word WS S 0 to 992 R W Decimal Special Relay Word WSM M 9000 to 9240 R W Decimal Data Registor D D 0 to 8191 R W Decimal Special Registor SD D 9000 to 9255 R W Decimal Timer Current Value TCV T 0 to 255 R W Decimal 16 Bit Counter Current Value CCV C 0 to 199 R W Decimal 32 Bit Counter Current Value DCCV C 2000 to 2551 R W Decimal Device Address 992 in Step Relay Word only contains 8bits because the maximum device address of Step Relay Bit is 999 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 20 Emerson Electric 20 Emerson Electric 20 1 Connection Table WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link Unit icati Interface Flow Control oie bono FloBoss FloBoss107 Not required RS422 485 2 wire None ROC Protocol ROC800 1 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 206 RS232C Connection Diagram2 Page 2 206 20 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of Emerson Electric devices to the MICRO I e FloBoss lm FloBoss CO
156. al WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 14 1 Connection Table 14 FANUC WindO I NV4 Settings Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 160 CPU unit Link unit Flow mare R Interface Communication Driver Control Power Mate Power Mate MODEL D Not required RS422 485 4 wire None Power Mate MODEL D Series 16i Series 160i Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 160 18i 180i 30i 31i 32i 16i Not required RS232C None Power Mate MODEL D Series 16i 14 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of FANUC PLCs to the MICRO I Power Mate MODEL D RS422 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 160 Power Mate MODEL D MICRO I Xi A touch panel connection module FANUC A20B 2902 0470 is needed for Power Mate MODEL D Series 16i 160i 18i 180i 30i 31i 32i RS232C Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 160 Series 16i 160i 18i 180i 30i 31i 32i A touch panel connection module is needed for Series 16i 160i 18i 180i 30i For details please contact FANUC LTD IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual MICRO I 31i 32i 2 159 So2I e Jeux 03 uonpeuuo 5 5 14 FANUC 14 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 Power Mate MODEL D
157. am 2 Page 2 116 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 116 LQE560 RS232C Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 116 LQE565 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 116 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 113 SIND Jeux 03 UOIPSUUOY 5 7 Hitachi 7 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of Hitachi PLC to the MICRO I e S10mini LQP000 Connects to RS232C port on CPU unit RS422 485 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 116 LQP000 MICRO I It connects with RS232C port of a CPU unit e S10mini Communication module a ND Connection Diagram 2 ae Feng 2 116 LQP000 LQE160 LQE560 e ee Connection Diagram 3 S conecto Disarm ST HUS OE 2 116 LQE165 LQE565 S10V RS232C Port on CPU Unit RS232C Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 116 LQP510 S10V RS422 Port on CPU Unit RS422 Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 116 LQP510 2 114 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I IDEC S10V Communication Module LQP510 LQE560 RS422 dm t Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 116 LQE565 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual RS232C dem 1l I Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 116 7 Hitachi MICRO I MICRO I 2 115 SIND EUISIXT 01 UONDSUUOI 5 7 Hitachi 7 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable F
158. am 3 Page 2 96 CPU 417 S7 1200 CPU1211C Not required Ethernet S7 1200 Ethernet CPU1212C Connects to CPU unit CPU1214C IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 93 So2I e Jeux 0 uonpeuuo 5 5 5 SIEMENS 5 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of SIEMENS PLCs to MICRO I e 57 200 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 95 57 200 MICRO I Connects to Serial port of CPU unit e S7 300 400 CP 340 CP 341 RS232C T Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 95 S7 300 400 CP 340 440 CP341 441 MICRO I e 57 300 MPI Interface RS485 Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 96 MICRO I Connection to the Ethernet port for S7 1200 L1 57 1200 MICRO I 2 94 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 5 SIEMENS 5 3 Connection Diagram Y The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details EA regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 S7 200 RS485 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T 2 D sub 9 pin Male Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name Q FG l 8 RDA RD 2 LC 1 p eee 9 RDB RD m LC 2 6 SDA SD Q SIG B 3 7 SDB SD Oo NC 4 5 SG E LC B o 5V 6 m 24V 7 y n amp SIG A 8 NC 9 amp g zn ltis also possible to connect multiple
159. ame il SD 2 RD 3 RS 4 CS 5 SG 2 59 So2I e Jeux 03 uonpoeuuo 5 5 3 OMRON Connection Diagram 7 PLC RS422 485 D sub 9 pin Female Connector Name Pin No FG Hood SDA SD il SDB SD 2 RDA RD 6 RDB RD 8 RS422 Communication Board HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD ere Nr 5 SG Q We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link Unit side for long distance transmission S Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Connection Diagram 8 2 60 PLC RS422 485 Terminal block Name Pin No FG SDA SD SDB SD RDA RD RDB RD SG RS422 Adaptor HG2G 5T Terminal block Shield Wire Pin No Name ND 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 SG 7X We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link Unit side for long distance transmission V There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of
160. andshaking Error Detection CRC3 Embedded Response Auto Detect Duplicate Packet Detect Enable Node Address 1 4 0 to 254 Decimal SLC 500 Half Duplex Item Setting Interface RS232C Baud Rate 2 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 bps Data Bits 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity 1 2 None or Even Driver DF1 Half Duplex Slave Duplicate Detect Disabled Error Detect BCC Control Line No Handshaking Node Address 1 2 4 0 to 254 Decimal 1 Select using RSLogix software set Chan0 to System of Controller Channel Configuration 2 The setting for this item must match the setting on the MICRO I Series unit 3 Be certain to select as indicated 4 Select the MICRO I Node Address using the Node Address MI CRO I under Project Settings in WindO I NV4 2 76 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC PLC 5 1 2 3 4 z5 6 7 4 Allen Bradley Item Setting Interface 1 RS232C or RS485 4 wire Baud Rate 3 4 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 bps Data Bits 3 4 8 bits Stop Bits 3 4 1 stop bits Parity3 4 None or Even Communication Protocol Half duplex Channel 0 Protocol DF1 Slave Duplicate Detect OFF Error Detect BCC Control Line No Handshaking gt Networ
161. are Channel 0 configuration This option is only necessary if you use Interface Module IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 77 s 2n q Jeux 0 uonpeuuo N 4 Allen Bradley e Ethernet IP ControlLogix CompactLogix PLC 5 SLC 500 MicroLogix Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Communication Interface Tab Name Item Setting Interface Ethernet IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask of MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway of MICRO I IP Address Set the IP address of communicated PLC Port Number Set the port number of communicated PLC Communication Driver Network Product Set the product of communicated PLC For ControlLogix or CompactLogix select Logix Slot Number Set the CPU slot number of communicated PLC e ControlLogix CompactLogix FlexLogix Item Setting Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 bps Data Bits 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity None or Even Flow Control None Serial Interface RS232C Protocol DF1 Point to Point Control Line No Handshaking 2 Error Detection BCC or CRC Embedded Response Auto Detect Duplicate Packet Detect Enable Station Address 3 0 to 254 Decimal 1 The setting for this item must match the setting on the MI CRO I Series unit
162. ask Set the subnet mask of MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway of MICRO I IP Address Set the IP address of CPU Unit or Link Unit Communication Driver Network Port Number Set the port number of CPU Unit or Link Unit in PLC Settings Ethernet Operation Setting Item Setting Received data code setting Binary code Initial Timing Always wait for OPEN Communication possible during STOP IP Address Set IP address of PLC Send frame setting Ethernet V2 0 TCP Existence confirmation setting Use the Keep Alive Open Setting Item Setting Connection Use 3 or 4 Protocol TCP IP Open system Impassive open MC Existence confirmation No confirm Local station Port No Decimal Set an arbitrary port number 1025 to 5548 or 5552 to 65534 Default 1025 2 34 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 Mitsubishi Electric 2 5 Usable Device Addresses MELSEC AnA Link Bit Device Device Name al ae DP Address Number Range en an Input Relay X X 0 to IFFF R 1 EN Output Relay Y Y 0 to IFFF R W 1 Internal Relay M M 0 to 8191 R W Q Link Relay B B 0 to 1FFF R W 1 Latch Relay L L 0 to 8191 R W a Timer contact TS T 0 to 2047 R 9 Timer coil TC T 0 to 2047 R W 8 Counter contact CS C 0 to
163. ata Error response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 84 Hexadecimal Byte 8 Byte 2 Exception code 01 or 02 Example Reading of IR300001 1 word The read value is 1234 Hexadecimal 04h 00h 00h 00h Oth IDEC Request WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 04h 02h 12h 34h Normal response 5 21 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function FC5 Write coil Writing to a single Coil C Request Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 05 Byte 8 9 Byte 2 3 Reference Number Byte 10 Byte 4 Write value FF when write value is 1 and 00 when write value is 0 Byte 11 Byte 5 Fixed value 00 Normal response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 05 Byte 8 9 Byte 2 3 Reference Number Byte 10 Byte 4 Write value FF when write value is 1 and 00 when write value is 0 Byte 11 Byte 5 Fixed value 00 Error response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 85 Hexadecimal Byte 8 Byte 2 Exception code 01 or 02 Example Writing of C1 1 bit The write value is 1 05h 00h 00h FFh 00h 05h 00h 00h FFh 00h Request Normal response FC6 Write single register Writing to a single Holding Registe
164. ate 38400 bps Data Bits 8 bits stop Bits Aa a the MICRO I 1 StoP bits Parity Even Flow Control None 7 When you connect to the Interface Module set the RS232C or RS485 operation mode as loader setting 7_ Set up the mode switch of Interface Module as below RS232C No 1 or No 3 RS485 No 2 or No 3 1 Set up the mode switch of Interface Card Module as below RS232C No 1 RS485 No 3 2 Set Character configuration switch to the following Switch Configuration 8 Clear method By switch 7 Parity bit ON OFF Same as MICRO I 6 Parity bit Odd Even Same as MICRO I 5 Data bit Same as MICRO I 4 Stop bit Same as MICRO I IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 179 16 Fuji Electric MICREX SX series connecting to the Ethernet port or using the Ethernet module MI CRO I Settings Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Item Setting Communication Interface IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I in Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask of MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway of MICRO I Communication Driver Network IP Address Set the IP address of PLC Port Number Set the port number of PLC Default 507 PLC Settings Item Setting IP Address Set the IP address of PLC Subnet mask Set the subnet mask of PLC
165. atnatadatasaad Banner TURA 2 165 15 4 Environment Settings dee e hh rr da aan dd ie aded dd a h 2 166 15 5 Usable Device Addresses eme memes 2 167 Fuji Electri Cima EET 2 169 16 1 Connection Ta To m 2 169 16 2 System CorifiguratiOnc see anane nennen ae 2 171 16 3 Connection Diagrames de A in hn eA anna animal a Lee 2 174 16 4 Environment Setting S ducc rrr rtr RR ER REEF ER nee 2 177 16 5 Usable Device Addresses emm 2 181 Toshiba ter Ani cea teen ee Ext eaput ese ne een 2 184 nre ispnacseT T 2 184 17 2 System CONTIgUrdtION andauern a rax ticae toad ene aec ec 2 185 17 3 Conhectiom Diagfalm ences eire nn nn ne een 2 187 17 4 Environment Settings sisse tete erra bases Re rA X EPOR EC ERO ai 2 190 17 5 Usable Device Addresses sssssssess memes 2 191 17 6 The mapping table of devices between PROSEC T Series and V Series 2 192 SUS 2 193 18 1 Connection Table esses tenti nenne 2 193 18 2 System Configurations rr ere rk pne s EXER Ee UE Dn Ended adii ERN E aai 2 194 18 3 Connection DiaQralfisa ieu tensis xa patere eaa 2 195 18 4 Environment Settings tier tio RR Re rh bob ehndds anne 2 197 18 5 Usable Device Addresses ssesssssssssee emm 2 198 ViCpIwsei e 2 199 IXE Gonnectiom Table ioosconedanuenq an i akt E meer 2 199 19 2 System Configuration cius sten tup TEE aN EE 2 200 19 3 Connection DlagfalTi esee retro de PRA
166. atus Bit TS T 0 to 377 R Octal Counter Status Bit CS CT 0 to 377 R Octal Remote In Bit GX GX 0 to 3777 R W Octal Remote Out Bit GY GY 0 to 3777 R W Octal Special Relays Bit SP SP 0 to 777 R Octal Word Device l Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range 2 Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Points Word XW V 40400 to 40477 R Octal Output Points Word YW V 40500 to 40577 R W Octal Control Relays Word CW V 40600 to 40777 R W Octal Stages Word SW V 41000 to 41077 R W Octal Remote In Word GXW V 40000 to 40177 R W Octal Remote Out Word GYW V 40200 to 40377 R W Octal Special Relays Word SPW V 41200 to 41237 R Octal Timer Values TV V 0 to 377 R W Octal Counter Values CV V 1000 to 1377 R W Octal Data Registers D V 1400 to 7377 R W Octal System Parameters1 SR1 V 700 to 777 R Octal System Parameters2 SR2 V 7400 to 7777 R Octal Ext Registers ER V 10000 to 37777 R W Octal We confirm the address number range of D4 440 only The usable address number range varies based on the PLC model For details refer to the PLC manual e The Bit Write operation on the MICRO I depends on the state of Bit Write operation will write to a byte checkbox in the Communication Driver tab on the Porject Settings dialog box Note the following points Byte refers to 8 bits Check When executing Bit Write all other bits in the byte are turned off Unchecked When executing Bit Write all other bits are not changed
167. bits Parity None Odd or Even Flow Control None HMI Group No Set the Group No of MICRO I Communication Driver HMI Unit No Set the Unit No of MICRO I Controller Group No Set the Group No of FloBoss Communication Driver Network Controller Unit No Set the Unit No of FloBoss 2 206 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 20 Emerson Electric 20 5 Usable Device Addresses When the Emerson ROC Protocol is selected as a communication driver check the usable external device addresses in the Tag Editor To display the Tag Editor click to the right of the text box for setting the device address Example Set an external device address to the Bit Button 1 Place the Bit Button on the screen and then double click it The Properties dialog box is displayed CIMENI T IET ie Shapes Picture Text Buttons Lamps Data Charts Commands Displays Jl l 1 Base Screen s 2n q Jeux 0 uonpoeuuo 5 N 2 Click to the right of the Destination Device Address Tag Editor is displayed General View Registration Tet Comment Part Name BitButtoni gt gt OFF Text Action Mode Set Destination Device Address IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 207 20 Emerson Electric 3 Under Target select the External Device The controls to set a device address for Emerson ROC are displayed 4 Two methods to select for
168. bus RTU Slave function system configuration System Configuration The following is the system configuration External device RS232C RS485 RS422 MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I Wiring Wire according to the external device IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 5 13 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function 6 4 Device Addresses 5 14 The following devices are available for Modbus TCP Server function Modbus RTU Slave function Bit Device 5 Device Address Number MICRO I External Device Address Numeral Device Name Type Range Read Write Read Write System Coil Status C 1 to 4096 R W R W Decimal Input Status 100001 to 104096 R W R Decimal Word Device 7 Device Address Number MI CRO I External Device Address Numeral Device Name Type Range Read Write Read Write System Holding Register HR 400001 to 404096 R W R W Decimal Input Register IR 300001 to 304096 R W R Decimal WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual All devices are general purpose devices intended for nonspecific purposes IDEC 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function 6 5 Settings Settings of the Modbus TCP Server Function The settings of the Modbus TCP Server communication can be configured in the Configuration System Setup Project dialog boxes in WindO I NV4 The following table lists the configurable sett
169. cametntdatdmertenanaecdmneretamcusaake 2 187 TOSHIBA MACHINE een 2 126 Mile e ElGCHIC ECT EET C 2 201 YASKAWA Electric eem 2 145 Yokogawa Electric 5 eio o iaia 2 165 Connection Table Allen Bradley 22 ci en 2 69 EmersonEl cttie uam ma cts EPUM S 2 205 FANUC sraao EE 2 159 EIN IN Tei J lCSPPRPELTPESLPPREPEPPRPEFPRPPEEBURPERLEFPERFLTEPEEFDUR 2 169 GE Fanuc Automation seen 2 128 112 0111 E MEE 2 113 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems 2 211 IDEC EM CC UAR MT 2 1 INVERTER 1 2 215 JTEKT Toyoda eeeeeeeenn mnn 2 119 KEY ENCE qe 2 103 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 2 150 LSIS 2 193 Mitsubishi Electric ccccecssecseceeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeaeeeees 2 14 MODUS Aa ben toii pisa teri kein oi Re EIE 5 2 OMRON ee Reiche n ant etude 2 49 PANASONIC ces nenn een 2 134 SIEMENS unse ae nern 2 93 Bo UTILE 2 184 TOSHIBA MACHINE enn 2 125 Vigor re un occ 2 199 YASKAWA Electric eeeeeenn m 2 143 Yokogawa Electric an 2 163 Connection TYPES innen 1 1 Cross reference table of devices name 2 88 D Data Memory DM Allocation enne 4 7 Device Addresses Modbus RTU Slave function ennn 5 14 Modbus TCP Server function cccesceeeseeeeeeeeeees 5 14 Device Link Communication eee 1 1 DM Link 1 1 Communicatio
170. cannot be simultaneously used The following communication driver combinations can only be used in a single Function They cannot be configured in multiple settings Communication drivers that cannot be simultaneously used 1 Manufacturer Communication Driver Modbus RTU Master Modbus Modbus RTU Slave S7 200 PPI SIEMENS S7 MPI YASKAWA Electric MP920 RTU Communication drivers that cannot be simultaneously used 2 Manufacturer Communication Driver DM Link 1 1 IDEC System DM Link 1 N Modbus RTU Slave Modbus Modbus TCP Server Example Communication Driver for External Device Communication 1 is set to Modbus RTU Slave According to the communication drivers that cannot be simultaneously used 1 External Device Communication 2 External Device Communication 3 and External Device Communication 4 cannot be set to Modbus RTU Master S7 200 PPI S7 MPI or MP920 RTU According to the communication drivers that cannot be simultaneously used 2 External Device Communication 2 External Device Communication 3 and External Device Communication 4 cannot be set to DM Link 1 1 DM Link 1 N or Modbus TCP Server 6 8 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 6 Restrictions 6 Restrictions Note the following restrictions when performing 1 N communication Number of external device limitations The number of external devices that can be c
171. cation Format This chapter describes the communication format of the Modbus RTU communication The Modbus RTU communication supports Class 0 and Class 1 functions of the MODBUS APPLICATION PROTOCOL SPECIFICATION V1 1b3 For details about the communication methods refer to the MODBUS over Serial Line Specification and Implementation Guide V1 02 as well as this manual Basic Format 1 2 3 4 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 5 17 The following table lists the basic format of communications The same format applies to both requests and responses Data is processed as a byte sequences Description Idle 3 5 characters Byte 0 Slave address Specify the MICRO I slave address Byte 1 Function code Byte 2 to Data ae Idle 3 5 characters Idle means no data flowing on the communication line Modbus RTU communication requires a minimum of 3 5 character long idle time between frames to determine the beginning of a frame Numbers assigned for functions such as reading and writing Data required for each processing Modbus RTU communication uses CRC Calculating the CRC 16 cyclic redundancy checksum Calculate the BCC using CRC 16 for the range from the slave number to the byte immediately before the BCC The generation polynomial is X16 X15 X2 1 1 Take the exclusive OR XOR of FFFFh and the first 1 byte data at the slave number 2 Shift the result by 1 bit
172. communication error information for all Station Numbers and Monitoring communication error information for each station individually Reading from an external device under the conditions in which a communication error occurred The device value of an external device that caused a communication error is maintained as the last read value until the displayed screen changes When the screen changes all device values of the external device that caused the communication error turn to 0 a Writing to an external device under the conditions in which a communication error occurred If data is written to an external device that is experiencing a communication error values displayed on the MICRO are changed but are not written to the external device Values displayed on the MICRO I are maintained until the screen changes but are initialized to 0 when the screen changes Values written on the MICRO I during a communication error are not written to the external device even after the MICRO I has recovered from the communication error m Options when using Ignore communication errors and continue operation When Ignore communication errors and continue operation is enabled several options become available This section describes what these optional settings do Settings Action when MI CRO I fails to connect to the external device Display error message Enable An error message is displayed but operation continues communication error The error m
173. connect a terminator resistor in accordance with the instruction manual Connection Diagram 3 Computer Link Unit RS232C PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name o 1 BR 1 SD 2 RD 3 RS 4 CS 5 SG 2 26 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC PLC RS422 485 D sub 25 pin Female Connector Name Pin No RD 2 RD 15 SD 3 SD 16 CS 4 CS 17 RS 5 RS 18 SG 7 SG 8 Vcc 13 20 O 21 Connection Diagram 4 PLC 2 port Adapter HG2G 5T Terminal block Pin No Name 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD E 6 SDA SD Internal 7 SDB SD termination resistor 5 SG 3300 2 Mitsubishi Electric x There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 6 Connection Diagram 5 FX2N 232 BD PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Male Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name CD 1 1 SD RD 2 2 RD SD 3 3 RS ER 4 4 CS SG B b SG DR 6 RS y cs 8 FG Cover uM MELSEC Q Mitsubishi Electric Cable QC30R2
174. ctLogic 05 D0 ECOM MICRO I DirectLogic 06 D0 ECOM100 u z L1 DirectLogic 205 D2 ECOM MICRO I D2 ECOM F D2 ECOM100 nt E L1 4 DirectLogic 405 D4 ECOM MICRO I D4 ECOM F D4 ECOM100 P Use a crossover cable to connect the MICRO I and PLC directly a When using a hub Ethernet switch use a cable that can be used with the hub 2 152 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 13 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 DirectLogic 405 Connects to CPU unit RS232C port D4 DCM Connects to DATA COMMUNICATIONS MODULE RS232C port PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name FG Cover UN A 1 SD TXD 2 2 RD RXD 3 3 RS RTS 4 4 CS CTS 5 5 SG SG 7 a Me Connection Diagram 2 DirectLogic 405 Connects to CPU unit RS422 port SIINDA EUJ93X3 0 UOISUUOD N PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name Shield Cover er 8 RDA RD RXD 9 9 RDB RD RXD 10 6 SDA SD TXD 14 7 SDB SD TXD 16 5 SG CTS alil CTS 23 RTS 19 RTS 18 SG 7
175. ction Diagram 6 Page 2 188 PROSEC T Series T3 T3H RS485 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 187 T3 T3H MICRO I e V Series S2T S2E L1 S2 S3 RS485 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 187 S2E L1 S2 S3 MICRO I 2 186 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 17 Toshiba 17 3 Connection Diagram Y The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details a7 regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 RS485 D sub 15 pin There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T 2 D sub 15 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name a FG 1 Tin 8 RDA RD 5 RXA 2 9 RDB RD D TXA 3 6 SDA SD Q CTSD 4 7 SDB SD 9 RTSD 5 5 SG SG 7 O RXB 10 m TXB iil ai CTSB 12 5 RTSB 13 D g D S oO D u Connection Diagram 2 RS232C D sub 9 pin PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name N C 1 SD RXD a RD mmc i RS TXD N C CS SG SG N C RTS CTS N C ajA wN
176. ctor Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name CI 1 9 o j o u a WW N re Connection Diagram 3 TCmini RS485 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T RJ 45 Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name TDA 1 ZU 8 RDA RD TDB 2 9 RDB RD RDA A 3 6 SDA SD RDB B 4 7 SDB SD GND 5 5 SG P5V 6 FG 7 ah Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 2 126 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 9 4 Environment Settings 9 5 9 TOSHIBA MACHINE eTC200 Items Details Interface RS232C PC No 1 0 to 63 Set same as MICRO I Baud Rate 9600 bps Data Bits 8 bits Stop Bits 2 stop bits Parity None Usable Device Addresses Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Relay X X 0 to F7F R Output Relay Y Y 0 to F7F R W Internal Relay R R 0 to 77F R W Latch R
177. d DM Link 1 1 Communication eee 4 10 DM Link 1 N Communication eee 4 20 Read Communication Example DM Link 1 1 Communication eee 4 12 DM Link 1 N Communication eene 4 21 Read Sequence DM Link 1 1 Communication eee 4 11 DM Link 1 N Communication eene 4 21 Reference Numbers etii nennen 5 18 Response Read nu te eet aaa 4 10 4 20 I 4 13 4 22 RESPONSE TIME Et 4 26 RESTRICHOMST Arsen ein zeige ee 6 9 S Settings Device Link Communication zessessennennenene nennen 1 2 DM Link Communication eeee 4 8 Modbus RTU Slave Function eenee 5 15 Modbus TCP Server Function cccsecsseeeeeeeeeeeees 5 15 O I Link Communication eee 3 3 SIEMENS A M renee 2 93 Slave changes status from Online to Offline in the OJI Links ine 3 6 Station Number DM Link 1 N Communication eee 4 24 Status of a Slave in the O I Link woes 3 6 Stop Transmission Command seere 4 15 System Area DM Link Communication een 4 7 System Configuration Allen Bradley isch 2 71 DM Link Communication eee 4 3 Emerson Electric eee 2 205 FANUC occiso simis RER TEREEEFEFEREEEEEREFSEEEFERTOUVER 2 159 Fuji Electric une 2 171 GE Fanuc Automation eseee 2 129 Hitachi aussen annehmen EE dE 2 114 Hitachi Industria
178. d LSD101 in the O I Link Slaves 220 msec Read scan of PLC device LSD6 in the master 150 msec Device address of different types are set for O I Link Slave 1 to 15 For the O I Link Master enable System Area 1 to 4 12 words data For the O I Link Slave 1 to 15 enable System Area 1 to 4 12 words data and 50 words data which are different from each Slaves O I Link Polling Period LSD101 in the O I Link Slaves 250 msec Read scan of PLC device LSD6 in the master 1360 msec Ys The above measurement results vary depending on the communication driver 39 Use the values as a rough guide Also make sure to evaluate the performance before constructing a system 1 Since the O I Link Master performs lump communication for the device addresses used redundantly with the O I Link Slaves the communication time can be reduced 3 8 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Chapter 4 DM Link Communication DM Link Communication reads and writes value to external devices using the MICRO I s dedicated DM Link memory The device type of dedicated DM Link memory is DM This method uses a dedicated IDEC protocol so a communication program is required in the external device DM Link Communication MICRO I Numerical Display 3 Destination Device Address DMO External device DMO 999 asd E 999 om 1234 gt 567
179. d an error code and CR to ACK NAK in Basic Protocol ias protocol format 2 Type 2 follows the Basic protocol format but ETX cannot be added when the BCC check is appended With BCC Select the checkbox if you want to perform BCC checking 1 DM Link 1 N only 2 DM Link 1 1 only IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 4 9 Uuoneo iunuuuuo JUN Wd gt 7 DM Link 1 1 Communication Format 7 DM Link 1 1 Communication Format With DM Link 1 1 communication the following communication format is used u Command Response Read Write Transmission Control Clear m Event Event Transmission 7 1 Read This command is used by the external device to read the MICRO I data memory One command can read a maximum of 255 words of data Command Format R DM Address Words C N n R Q Upper Lower H L HIL H L Description Command Code Description Bytes ENQ 05h Command start 1 R 52h Read Command 1 DM Address Starting DM address for read 4 The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code Words Number of words to read 2 The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code Only required when With BCC is selected BEE Exclusive OR Hexadecimal from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII code 2 CR ODh End 1 Response Format Normal response S R DM Address Words DM Address DM Address
180. data between the MICRO I or Touch and external device Device Link Communication A communication method that performs communication with the external device according to the setting of the screen and without a program DM Link Communication A communication method that reads to or writes from the MICRO I or Touch device from a computer or microcomputer board User Communication A communication method which performs communication with external devices such as barcode readers and inverters External Device Communication Generic term used to refer to Device Link Communication and DM Link Communication Sub Host Communication A communication method that performs communication with external device according to the set device address list and without a program O I Link A connection format that enables connections of up to 16 units of MICRO I with high speed communication of 115200bps O I Link Master The MICRO I unit that is directly connected to external device on the O I Link network The MI CRO I units that are not directly connected to external device on the O I Link O I Link Slave network WindO 1 NV4 Integrated configuration software application for creating projects of the MICRO I Proiect Data including image data required for operating the MICRO I which is created with J WindO I NV4 WindO I NV4 provides tools to manage pictures text and script etc With the Manager Man
181. de Slave xk Series 90 30 CPU Module Do not set SNP ID for the PLC If you set it MICRO I will not communicate with PLC For details refer to the manual of Series 90 30 PLC Item Setting Interface Baud Rate Data Bits Set to the same setting as the MICRO I Stop Bits Parity RS485 4 wire 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 bps 8 bits 1 or 2 stop bits None Odd or Even xh VersaMax Micro Nano Do not set SNP ID for the PLC If you set it MICRO I will not communicate with PLC For details refer to the manual of Series 90 30 PLC Item Setting Interface RS232C Port 1 or RS485 4 wire Port 2 Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 bps Data Bits Lr Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Port Mode SNP Port Type Slave xh 2 132 Do not set SNP ID for the PLC If you set it MICRO I will not communicate with PLC For details refer to the manual of Series VersaMax Micro Nano WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 10 5 Usable Device Addresses The types of devices supported by the MICRO I and their ranges are shown below 10 GE Fanuc Automation Bit Device l Device Type Read Address Device Name RONI Ee Address Number Range Write sehe Discrete Inputs 1 to 12
182. ding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 MP920 930 2300 217IF 2171F 01 PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name FG 1 we 1 SD SD 2 2 RD RD B 3 RS RTS 4 4 CS CTS 5 5 SG DSR 6 SG yi CD 8 DTR B 4 Connection Diagram 2 MP920 930 2171F PLC RS422 485 MR 8M connector HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name TX 7 An 8 RDA RD TX 6 9 RDB RD TXR 5 6 SDA SD RX 2 7 SDB SD RX 1 5 SG RXR 4 GND 8 lines Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 145 SIND Jeux 0 UOISUUOD N 12 YASKAWA Electric Connection Diagram 3 PLC RS422 485 MR 8M connector MP920 930 2171F HG2G 5T Terminal block Name PinNo Shield Wi Pin No Name 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 xh Configure the Flow Control to None because the t
183. dresses e TOYOPUC PC3 Bit Device UNS Device Type m TRE Read nidos evice Name ress Number Range mer MICRO 1 PLC 9 Write Sr Input Relay X X 0 to 7FF R W Output Relay Y Y 0 to 7FF R W Internal relay M M 0 to 7FF R W 1 Keep relay K K 0 to 2FF R W 1 Link relay L L 0 to 7FF R W i Special relay V V 0 to FF R W 1 Edge detection p P 0 to 1FF R W i Timer contact T T 0 to 1FF R i Counter contact E C 0 to 1FF R u Internal relay P3M M 0 to 7FF R W Keep relay P3K K 0 to 2FF R W Link relay P3L L 0 to 7FF R W Special relay P3V V 0 to FF R W Edge detection P3P P 0 to 1FF R W Timer contact P3T T 0 to 1FF R Counter contact P3C C 0 to 1FF R Internal relay P2M M 0 to 7FF R W Keep relay P2K K 0 to 2FF R W Link relay P2L L 0 to 7FF R W Special relay P2V V 0 to FF R W Edge detection P2P P 0 to 1FF R W Timer contact P2T T 0 to 1FF R Counter contact P2C C 0 to 1FF R Internal relay P1M M 0 to 7FF R W Keep relay P1K K 0 to 2FF R W Link relay PIL L 0 to 7FF R W Special relay P1V V 0 to FF R W Edge detection P1P P 0 to 1FF R W Timer contact P1T T 0 to 1FF R Counter contact P1C C 0 to 1FF R Extended input EX EX 0 to 7FF R W Extended output EY EY 0 to 7FF R W Extended Internal relay EM EM 0 to IFFF R W Extended keep relay EK EK 0 to FFF R W Extended link relay EL EL 0 to 1FFF R W Extended special relay5 EV EV 0 to FFF R W
184. e 2 143 12 1 Connection Table successo netten are Rande ee 2 143 12 2 System Configuration ee 2 144 12 3 Connectiom Dia grases fisioni Aa Eaa TEESE 2 145 12 4 Environment Settings issue ran AEAEE nn aan 2 147 12 5 Usable Device Addresses 22ss24unsnnnnnnnnnnnn en nenne nnnannnnnn nn nenen nennen 2 149 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUST RIES sss mmm 2 150 13 1 Connection Table tuuc ka netter e dtp dU E dn READ 2 150 13 2 System Config tatlOIi iiec ii ree sen abr brani bra bed do dade ne b ER RR Ma since 2 151 13 3 Connection Diagramme sandra anna 2 153 13 4 Environment Settings us aan naar ah 2 154 13 5 Usable Device Addresses zussnsnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnenen nenn nn e emen 2 156 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual Preface 8 Preface 9 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 FANUC a a ne ea na een rege 2 159 14 1 Connection Tablero ianen te quen ana retten 2 159 14 2 Systemi Configuratii risainia ER nenne 2 159 14 3 Connection Dida M titisiciiciccaneicaietunsarasenarenastaaanena nenne 2 160 14 4 Environment Settings nain id wanna te n ae 2 161 14 5 Usable Device Addresses uunssesnsnenenennenenannnnannnnannenennnnen nennen nennen 2 162 Yokogawa Electric 3 22 oett indecent 2 163 T5 1 Connection Table fed eti nn e ide ed dd c EE das Ah 2 163 15 2 System Configuration secet nuce e cer dex inei Pi e LEVER FR t 2 164 15 3 Connection Diagram teceiteimnarndicesddnetacrakannnam
185. e address For example the lower word of HC1 is written as HC11 in MI CRO I If you read in a double word value The lowest digit of the address write 0 For example HC2 is written as HC20 in MICRO I All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in octal 2 Only even number can be specified 3 All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in binary IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 99 5 SIEMENS 57 300 400 with Communication Module When using CP 341 441 following device addresses can be read and written When using CP 340 440 only a data block DB can be read and written Bit Device i Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write system Input Bit 0 to 1277 R 1 Output Bit Q Q 0 to 1277 R 1 Memory Bit M M 0 to 2557 R 1 Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range x Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Word IW IW 0 to 126 R 2 Output Word QW QW 0 to 126 R 2 Bit Memory Word MW MW 0 to 254 R 2 Timer cell T T 0 to 127 R Decimal Counter cell C C 0 to 63 R Decimal Data Block DB DB 1000 to 255510 R W 2 3 xk When MICRO I accesses the data block which is not configured in the PLC communication error occurs Configure the data blocks by using the PLC software Endian type is different be
186. e command again Default 20 Give careful consideration to the value that you will use before changing this setting Retry Cycles If communication errors occur despite trying the number set here an error is displayed on the screen and the error information is set in the system area Default 5 Other setting The settings vary based on the external device used For detail refer to Chapter 2 Connection to External Devices on page 2 1 for your External Device 1 2 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 Settings Tab Name Setting Name Description Communication Driver Station Number This number is used to distinguish an external device when setto a Network device address IP Address This option is IP address of each external devices Port Number This option is Port Number of each external devices Other setting These items vary based on the Communication Driver You can see some items if the selected Communication Driver has any setting items Refer to each manual for the external device UONEDIUNUULUOD ur e iedg IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 1 3 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring Take note of the following points when connecting an External Device to the MICRO I Depending on the environment connect a shield wire to the FG terminal on either the External Device side or the MICRO I side When
187. e status indicates that either the master is not communicating with a slave or there is a problem with the communication O I Link slave Registration Setting Register LSD102 in the O I Link master This register can be used to change the O I Link slave connection settings You can freely add and remove O I Link slaves using this master register The configuration of the register is given below O I Link slaves whose corresponding bit is 1 are registered Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LSD102 Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Always 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 After power is applied or the screen data is downloaded the O I Link slaves to be used are cleared in accordance with the connection settings made using WindO I NV4 To add or remove O I Link slaves set their corresponding bits to 1 or 0 respectively O I Link slave Online Data Register LSD104 in the O I Link master This register can be used to monitor the online status of the O I Link slaves registered to the O I Link The configuration of the register is given below Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Always LSD104 15 1 0 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
188. e type and device address at that time This is called mapping Mapping The following work is done in RSLogix 5000 software 1 Define some tags to communicate with MICRO I in Controller Tags 2 Select Logic and then Map PLC SLC Messages from the main menu on the RSLogix 5000 software 3 Attach File Number to each tag name in PLC3 5 SLC Mapping dialog box Selecting the device address in WindO I NV4 Set the tag type to a device type and set the File Number and the array number to an address number The process to select device address 1 Define some tags on the RSLogix 5000 software Tag name Data Type Array Tag_A INT 10 Tag_B SINT 2 10 Tag_C DINT 10 Tag_D REAL 10 2 Do mapping tag to File Number Tag name Data Type Array File Number Tag A INT 10 1 Tag B SINT 10 2 Tag C DINT 10 3 Tag D REAL 10 4 3 Seta device address in the WindO I NV4 O INT 1 0 I Array Number File Number Device Type Tag type External Device ID Defines the SINT type s tag with couple of byte IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 91 s 2n q EUJ93X3 03 uonpoeuuo 5 N 4 Allen Bradley 2 92 e Example for WindO I NV4 The setting example uses Allen Bradley device address format The External Device ID is 0 in the example Tag name Data Tyde Array Tag_A INT 10 Tag B
189. ea using a peripheral tool such as Proconn System Settings Area 5 Item Setting Port A Port B MESS Standard Setting Individual Setting Same setting as the MICRO I Mode PLC Link Mode DM6556 DM6551 Communication parameters for when cos setting as the MICROM the previous item is set to Individual DM6557 DM6552 Transmission Delay 0 msec DM6558 DM6553 Unit No Same setting as the MICRO I ak Set DIP switch SW1 to the 4 4 wire x t Set DIP switch SW2 to ON to turn the termination resistor setting ON For details refer to the Communication Board manual Select using Register Command or not on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog box 1 Initial settings are as follows Baud Rate 9600 bps Data Bits 7 bits Stop Bits 2 stop bits Parity Even 2 62 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 OMRON SYSMAC CS1 series Communication Board Settings Write the Communication Board setting items for the System Settings Area using a peripheral tool such as Proconn System Settings Area Item Setting Port 1 Port 2 Optional Initial Setting Set to 1 for Optional Setting Serial Communication mode Set to PLC Link DM32000 DM32010 Data Bits Stop Bits Use the same settings as for the MICRO I Parity DM32001 DM32011 Port Communication Speed Use the same settings as for the MICRO I Trans
190. ection Diagram 6 Page 2 202 VB 485A VBO VB1 VB2 VH 2 200 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I IDEC 19 Vigor Electric 19 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 VBO VB1 VB2 VH Programming Tool Communication Port PLC RS232C HG2G 5T USB A type connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name RTS 1 gie 1 SD RXD 2 4 2 RD TXD 3 5 d 3 RS SG 4 i 1 4 CS 5 SG Connection Diagram 2 VBO VB1 VB2 VH VB 485A PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T Terminal block Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name SG Ue 8 RDA RD D 9 RDB RD D 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD PM 5 SG Connection Diagram 3 VBO VB1 VB2 VH VB CADP RS232C PLC RS232C HG2G 5T Tterminal block Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name TX P a a 8 1 SD RX 2 RD 232G 3 RS 4 cs 5 SG Connection Diagram 4 PLC RS422 485 Terminal block HG2G 5T VBO VB1 VB2 VH VB CADP RS485 Terminal block Name Pin
191. elay L L 0 to 7F R W Exp Int Relayl G G 0 to F7F R W Exp Int Relay2 H H 0 to F7F R W Spec Aid Relay A A 0 to 16F R W Timer Relay T T 0 to 37F R Counter Relay C C 0 to 37F R Sift Register S S 0 to 7F R W Edge Relay E E 0 to 77F R W Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MICRO I PLC Write System Input Relay WX X 0 F7 R Output Relay WY Y 0 to F7 R W Internal Relay WR R 0 to 77 R W Latch Relay WL L 0 to 7 R W Exp Int Relayl WG G 0 to F7 R W Exp Int Relay2 WH H 0 to F7 R W Spec Aid Relay WA A 0 to 16 R W Tim Cnt Current Value P P 0 to 77F R Tim Cnt Preset Value V V 0 to 77F R W General Register1 D D 0 to F7F R W General Register2 B B 0 to F7F R W Sift Register WS S 0 to 7 R W Edge Relay WE E 0 to 77 R W Timer Relay Word WT T 0 to T77 R Counter Relay Word WC C 0 to 77 R Set a decimal number for the PC No WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 127 IDEC So2I e Jeux 03 uonpeuuo 5 N 10 GE Fanuc Automation 10 GE Fanuc Automation 10 1 Connection Table WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit Flow Communication Interface Control Driver Series90 30 CPU331 IC693CMM311 RS232C None Series 90 SNP X CPU341 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 130 eee RS422 485 4 wire CPU351 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 130 CPU352 CPU360 CPU363 CPU364 CPU374 CPU311 Not required RS422 485 4 wire CPU313 connects to CPU Power Supply Con
192. em configuration 5 13 6 3 Modbus RTU Slave function system configuration sseeee 5 13 6 4 Device Addresses 00 cece meme ne nennen rene nnne rennen 5 14 6 5 SOMOS issciccseisssissatvaccscniitcedeuda bs ba PEE R Repas daa FEL ea ana 5 15 6 6 Modbus TCP Server Function Communication Format sseseeeee 5 16 6 7 Modbus RTU Slave Function Communication Format seeeeene 5 17 6 8 Modbus TCP Modbus RTU shared protocol format ssssssseee 5 18 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Index IDEC 1 1 Communication with Multiple External Devices About 1 N Communication Multi drop cccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeteetesasaneneness 6 1 EE Occ 6 1 Communication Drivers Supporting 1 N Communication secerneren 6 2 Settings of the 1 N Communication 00 0 meme 6 3 3 1 External Device Address SettingS cece teeter rete e 6 3 3 2 Connection Diagralm sues encre nale ned an FERRE ca AME Ran 6 6 I N Communication Operation een 6 7 4 1 L N Communication Operation Hee 6 7 Using Multiple Communication Drivers sessssm m 6 8 Restrictions i mui carats at Rut nd Pe ERU ade a eee ated 6 9 Communication Cables Communication CADlES ccc cc ec ceee cece HH Hemenemememeh eene nee nn 7 1 1 1 External devices PLC connection cable FC2A KP1C HG9Z XC275 sss 7 1 WindO I NV4 External Device
193. en inserting a termination resistor E use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 4 1 N Communication Operation 4 1 N Communication Operation 4 1 1 N Communication Operation These instructions describe operation when a communication error occurs during 1 N communication For details about settings refer to Chapter 6 Settings when a communication error occurs on page6 3 When Ignore communication errors and continue operation is disabled When Ignore communication errors and continue operation is enabled if the MICRO I fails to connect to the target external device an error message and the Station No of the external device that failed to connect are displayed and MICRO I operation stops Settings Action when MI CRO I fails to connect to the external device None Displays an error message and stops operation An Ack acknowledge button is not displayed in the error message The error message is displayed until communication with the PLC recovers When Ignore communication errors and continue operation is enabled When Ignore communication errors and continue operation is enabled if the MICRO I fails to connect to the external device it does not stop operation Information related to communication errors is stored in the devices set in Batch monitoring the
194. er accumulated value TA 4000 to 4255 10000 to 255255 2 R Decimal Counter accumulated value CA C 5000 to 5255 10000 to 255255 2 R Decimal Timer preset value TP T 4000 to 4255 10000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal Counter preset value CP C 5000 to 5255 10000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal Integer N 7000 to 7255 10000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal ASCII A A 10000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal For details about the address notation refer to Expression of Device Address Format Expression of Device Address Format SIND Jeux 0 UOISUUOD N SLC 500 Notation Allen Bradley WindO I NV4 7 programming software 1 WI 30 1 WI 301 130 1 L 1 digit Word number L 1 digit Word number 1 to 2 digits Slot number 1to 2 digits Slot number 2 N 255 255 N 255255 N255 255 1 to 3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number 1to 3 digits File number 1 to 3 digits File number You cannot directly write to inputs and outputs A communication error occurs if you specify a file or element that is not allocated to the SLC 500 data table map X The input and output addresses are made up of the slot number and the word number Q The address makeup is as follows Bottom digit Word number 2nd and 3rd digits from the bottom Slot number f the module in the slot has 16 or fewer points the word number is 0 and if it is a 32 point module the word numbe
195. er 1 to 3 digits File number 4 F 123 255 0 F 123 255 1 F 1232550 F 1232551 F123 255 L1 digit 0 Lower word 1 digit 0 Lower word 1 Upper word 1 Upper word 1 to 3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number 1to 3 digits File number 1to 3 digits File number WindO I NV4 uses 32 bit device as the divided 2 word device Therefore the last one digit shows that the device is upper word or lower word 5 ST 123 255 40 ST 12325540 ST123 255 DATA 40 1 to 2 digits DATA number 2 digits DATA number 1to 3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number 1 to 3 digits File number 1to 3 digits File number IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 87 s 2n q Jeux 03 uonpoeuuo 5 4 Allen Bradley Floating Point F and Long Word L are 32 bit devices When you write to these devices please be sure to write a high word and low word simultaneously If you write only high word or only low word 0 will be written into the other word String LEN stores the number of characters written when a string is written from the String DATA start address DATA 0 of each element If the address to write is not from the start the value of String LEN is not updated When writing a string from a Character Input the NULL terminating character is written at the end of the string eA communication error occurs if you specify a file or element that is not allocated to the MicroLogis1200 or SLC 500 data table map
196. er P3N N 0 to 1FF Data register P3D D 0 to 2FFF R W Link register P3R R 0 to 7FF R W Special register P3S S 0 to 3FF R W File register P3B B 0 to 1FFF R W oF Internal relay P2WM M 0 to 7F R W Keep relay P2WK K 0 to 2F R W Link relay P2WL L 0 to 7F R W Timer contact P2WT T 0 to 1F R Counter contact P2WC C 0 to 1F R Present value register P2N N 0 to 1FF Data register P2D D 0 to 2FFF R W Link register P2R R 0 to 7FF R W Special register P2S S 0 to 3FF R W File register P2B B 0 to 1FFF R W 12 Internal relay P1WM M 0 to 7F R W Keep relay PIWK K 0 to 2F R W Link relay PIWL L 0 to 7F R W Timer contact PIWT T 0 to 1F R Counter contact PIWC C 0 to 1F Present value register PIN N 0 to 1FF R Data register P1D D 0 to 2FFF R W Link register P1R R 0 to 7FF R W Special register P1S S 0 to 3FF R W File register P1B B 0 to 1FFF R W i Extended input WEX EX 0 to 7F R W 1 Parameter set program No in Link parameter is an objective of command processing When the built in standard link parameters are not set Probraml is an objective of command processing 2 When CPU operation mode is division mode File register is not available IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 123 8 J TEKT Toyoda Word Device I Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Extended output WEY EY 0 to 7F R W Extended internal relay W
197. erminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 4 MP2300 2171F 01 PLC RS422 485 MDR14 pin Connector HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name N RDA RD RDB RD SDA SD SDB SD Ui Ov xo co SG ak Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 5 MP2300 2171F 01 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T MDR14 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name TX 1 8 RDA RD TX 2 9 RDB RD TXR 11 6 SDA SD RX 3 7 SDB SD RX 4 5 SG RXR 7 GND 14 Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termi
198. ernet a a vr wm E RE E s 2n q Jeux 03 UOIDSUUOD 5 i jii ji ji i i i PLC1 PLC2 PLC3 PLCn E Use a crossover cable to connect the MICRO I and PLC directly a e When using a hub Ethernet switch use a cable that can be used with the hub IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 9 1 IDEC 1 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 OpenNet Controller MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra RS232C port PLC RS232C HG2G 5T Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name RS 1 AN 1 SD ER 2 2 RD SD 3 3 RS RD 4 4 CS DR 5 5 SG SG 6 SG 7 5V 8 Vo a Shield ETE gt x In case of HG2G 5T a connection cable part number HG9Z XC275 is available Refer to Chapter 7 1 1 External devices PLC connection cable FC2A KP1C HG9Z XC275 on page 7 1 about the connection diagram of HG9Z XC275 Connection Diagram 2 OpenNet Controller MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra RS485 port MICROSmart MICROSmart Pentra FC5A SIF4 SmartAXIS Pro Lite FTIA PC3
199. essage does not automatically close even if the connection with the external device recovers To close the error message press the Ack acknowledge button that is displayed on the error message itself Disable No error message is displayed communication error and operation continues Auto retry Enable MI CRO I automatically tries to reconnect if a communication error occurs Disable MI CRO I does not try to reconnect if a communication error occurs In this case the bit 1 connection settings of the device set in Monitoring communication error information for each station individually automatically turns to 0 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 6 7 Sadie Jeux ejdniniy ui uone iunuuuo L3 5 Using Multiple Communication Drivers 5 Using Multiple Communication Drivers The HG2G 5T can simultaneously use a maximum of four communication drivers All external devices are managed by the external device ID which is a number that the MICRO I uses for external device management and a total of 32 external devices can be configured The maximum number of connected devices for each communication driver is dependent on the external devices to be connected For details refer to the manuals for the external devices to be connected You will find the WindO I NV4 setting items in the System System Setup Project Setting dialog boxes For detail refer to WindO I NV4 User s Manual Communication drivers that
200. et EH CPU516 EH CPU548 EH CPU308A EH CPU316A EH CPU448A EHV EHV CPU16 Not required connects to Ethernet port Ethernet EH Ethernet EHV CPU32 EH ETH2 EHV CPU64 EHV CPU128 Web Controller EH WD10DR Not required Ethernet EH Ethernet EH WA23DR connects to Ethernet port EH WD23DR MI CRO EH EH A20 EH OBETH Ethernet EH Ethernet EH D20 EH A40 EH D40 EH A64 EH D64 MI CRO EHV MVH A40 Not required Ethernet EH Ethernet MVH D40 connects to Ethernet port MVH A64 MVH D64 So2I e EUJ93X3 03 uonpeuuo 5 5 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 211 21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems 21 2 System Configuration H EH EHV Series Ethernet B8 Ethernet Ko EHV MICRO EHV MICRO I Ethernet n E MICRO I H Series LAN ETH2 EH150 EH ETH2 EHV EH ETH2 MICRO EH EH OBETH 2 212 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems 21 3 Environment Settings H EH EHV Series Connecting to the Ethernet Port or Ethernet Unit MICRO I settings Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Item Setting IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I Comm
201. etails Interface RS232C Slave Address 1to 32 Decimal Baud Rate 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Flow Control None or ER e FP10 and FP10SH Computer Communication Unit Items Details Interface RS232C Slave Address 1 Decimal Baud Rate 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Flow Control None or ER PLC FP2 and FP2SH Computer Communication Unit Items Details Interface RS232C Slave Address 1 Decimal Baud Rate 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Odd Flow Control None or ER IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 141 SOdINNq EUJ93X3 03 UOIPSUUOY 5 11 Panasonic 11 5 Usable Device Addresses Types of devices supported by the MICRO I and their ranges are shown below Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range z Numeral MICRO I PLC Write System Input x x 0 to 511F R 1 Output Y Y 0 to 511F R W 1 Internal Relay R R 0 to 886F R W 1 Special Internal relay RE R 9000 to 910F R 1 Link Relay L L 0 to 6
202. g to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 2 116 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 7 4 Environment Settings e S10mini S10V 7 Hitachi Item Setting Interface RS232C or RS422 485 4 wire Baud Rate 19200 bps Data Bits 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Odd For details refer to the PLC manual IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 117 SIINDA Jeux 0 UOIDSUUOD N 7 Hitachi 7 5 Usable Device Addresses 2 118 Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Relay X X 0 to 7FF R W Output Relay Y Y 0 to 7FF R W Internal Relay R R 0 to 7FF R W Global Link G G 0 to FFF R W System Register S S 0 to BFF R E Word BEW EW 400 to FFF R W Event E E 0 to FF R W Keep Relay K K 0 to 1FF R W On Delay Timer contact T T 0 to 1FF R One Shot Timer contact U U 0 to 7F Up Down Counter contact C C 0 to 3F R Word Device l Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Relay XW X 0 to 7FO R W Output Relay YW Y 0 to 7FO R W Internal Relay RW R 0
203. ge 2 26 RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 26 RS485 4 gt MI ee MICRO I Q4ACPU ATIQC24N Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 Q4ARCPU Q3ACPU Q2ACPU S1 ol CC eee Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 26 m AJ71QC24N R2 MICRO I RS485 p Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 RS485 mM gt AT1QC24N RA Connection Diagram 9 Page 2 28 MICRO I IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 2 2 Mitsubishi Electric oe Lg Connection Diagram 3 Tamed Hann SO REOS 2 26 a oa Q2ASHCPU S1 m Lm Connection Diagram 2 connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 2 26 Q2ASHCPU Q2ASCPU S1 Q2ASCPU PER NES Connection Diagram 1 oeo n SEXE 2 26 15J71QC24N R2 MELSEC Q Series Connects to the CPU Unit Programming Port Mitsubishi Electric Cable RS232C QC30R2 Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 27 QOOCPU QOICPU Q02CPU Q02HCPU Q00UJ CPU QOOUCPU QO1UCPU QO2UCPU RS232C Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 28 QOOCPU QO1CPU QO2CPU QO2HCPU Q00UJ CPU QOOUCPU QO1UCPU QO2UCPU MELSEC FX Series Connects to the CPU Unit Programming Port RS422 Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 27 Mitsubishi Electric Cable RS422 FX20P CADP Connection Diagram 4 FX0S FX1S FXON FX1N Page 2 27 FX1NC FX2N FX2NC FX3UC FX3U FX3G 2 22 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I IDEC 2 Mitsubishi Electric R
204. gram 1 Page 2 26 RS485 a Oooo gt gt Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 AIN A2N A3N A 71024 AJ 71C24 53 AIN A2N A3N ABA A3 4 4J71C24 56 AJ 71C24 58 AIN A2N A3N A2A AA 4 AJ 71UC24 A2U A3U A4U QJ2 A0J 2H lt gt 40J2 C214 S1 RS232C Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 26 A1SH A2US A2USH A15 71C24 R2 A1SJ71UC24 R2 je ED u Connection Diagram 2 Connection Diagram 2 Page 226 2 26 A1SJ 71C24 R4 A1SJ 71UC24 R4 MELSEC A Series Connects to the CPU Unit Link Interface RS232C Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 26 A2CCPU24 2 20 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I IDEC 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC A Series Connects to the CPU Unit Programming Port RS422 Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 27 A0J 2H MICRO I A1SJH AISH A2N A2SH A2C A2A A3A A2US A2USH A2U MELSEC Q QnA Series Connects to the Computer Link Unit RS232C Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 26 RS485 QO2CPU QO2HCPU QJ 71C24N Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 MICRO I QO6HCPU Q12HCPU Q25HCPU Q00UJ CPU QOOUCPU QO1UCPU QO2UCPU RS232C l s d EUISIXT 0 UONDSUUOI N QO3UD E CPU QOAUD E HCPU QO6UD E HCPU Q10UD E HCPU 4 QJ71C24N R2 MICRO I Q13UD E HCPU Q20UD E HCPU Q26UD E HCPU Q50UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU Connection Diagram 3 Pa
205. gram 9 Page 2 176 NP1L RS2 RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 176 NP1L RS4 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 9 Page 2 176 None MICREX SX 2 170 NP1PH 08 NP1PH 16 NP1PS 32 NP1PS 32R NP1PS 74R NP1PS 117R NP1PS 245R NP1PS 74D NP1PM 48R NP1PM 256H NP1L ET1 NP1PM 48E NP1PM 256E NP1PU 048E NP1PU 128E NP1PU 256E Not required Connect to the Ethernet Port NP1L ET1 Ethernet MICREX SX Ethernet WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 16 Fuji Electric 16 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of Fuji Electric PLCs to the MICRO I FLEX PC Series Loader Port FLEX PC RS485 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 174 RS232C Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 174 NN CONV1 e FLEX PC Series Interface Module NB Series fi cm FLEX PC NB NJ Series FLEX PC NJ lt gt NS Series sn FLEX PC NS RS232C IEEE E EN 4 gt I Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 174 NB RS1 AC DC RS485 Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 175 RS232C Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 174 NJ RS2 RS485 Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 175 NJ RS4 RS232C Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 174 NS RS1 RS485 Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 175 MICRO I SIND EUISIXT 01 UONDSUUOI 5 MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I 2 171 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 16 Fuji Electric
206. he command cannot be received after sending data for a command from an external device Confirm the scan time of PLC and set the transmission wait for MICRO I Example If the PLC scan time is 10 msec set the transmission wait for the MICRO I to 20 msec or more 1 The communication speed settings varies based on the PLC model For details refer to the PLC manual 2 The communication speed settings varies based on the PLC model For details refer to the FX Series User s Manual Communication Control Edition 3 Set a decimal number for the Station Number on MICRO l 2 32 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC MELSEC Q QnA MICRO I settings Connecting to Ethernet Unit Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 2 Mitsubishi Electric Tab Name Setting Name Setting Communication Inte IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I rface Subnet mask Set the subnet mask of MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway of MICRO I Communication Driv Network er IP Address Set the IP address of PLC Port Number Set the port number of PLC to communicate with MICRO I ak This communication driver does not support MELSECNET H and MELSECNET 10 network PLC Settings Set the same settings as MICRO I to IP Address and Local station Port No Item
207. ic Items Details Interface RS485 4 wire Inverter No 01 to 31 Baud Rate Use the same 4800 9600 or 19200 bps Data Bits settings as for the MICRO I 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Ignore Write Error Enable or Disable Terminator CR only Communication check time interval Set to a value other than 0 MICRO I set the error code from the inverter to LSD 112 1 When you select the Ignore Write Error and MI CRO I sets a value to the device address of the inverter MICRO I does not display Communication Error even if the inverter replies NAK Error response 2 216 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 22 INVERTER 22 5 Usable Device Addresses Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range R Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Parameter P P 0 to 999 R W 1 Parameter 37 P37 P 0 to 1 R W 2 3 2 Operation mode OP OP 0 R W O Output frequency OF OF 0 R 4 S Output current OC OC 0 R D Output voltage OV OV 0 R g Alarm description 1 2 E12 E12 0 R 2d Alarm description 3 4 E34 E34 0 R Alarm description 5 6 E56 E56 0 R X Alarm description 7 8 E78 E78 0 R Run command RC RC 0 R W 5 y Inverter status monitor ISM ISM 0 R y Set frequency read RAM SFRR SFRR 0 R 24 q Set frequency read E
208. ice DM Link 1 N Communication Read es Write Station No 1 Station No 2 Station No 3 MICRO I Dedicated DM Link memory Dedicated DM Link memory Dedicated DM Link memory The Event Transmission function cannot be used with DM Link 1 N communication WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 System Configuration 2 System Configuration The system configuration for the DM Link communication is shown below 2 1 DMLink 1 1 Communication External Devices RS232C MICRO I E RS422 485 2 wire When constructing a system using RS422 485 design the circuit so that when the external device ik receiver input is not connected the receiver output is in the mark state 2 2 DM Link 1 N Communication External Devices UOHSdIIUNUWILUOD YUM Wd gt MICRO I a RS232C RS422 485 2 wire RS422 485 4 wire Computer When using an RS232C connection with DM Link 1 N communication only one MICRO I unit can be pr connected When constructing a system using RS422 485 design the circuit so that when the external device receiver input is not connected the receiver output is in the mark state IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 4 3 3 Wiring The following is an example of wiring for use with D
209. ifferent it indicates that there is a communication problem In the case of Device Link Communication with the PLC errors are displayed and the error information is written to the System Area 4 2 O I Link Slave Error Processing When a slave is not engaged in O I Link communication with the master Network Offline is displayed on the center of the screen The screen is cleared when communication starts Q Slave not communicating with Slave communicating with T the O I Link the O I Link J xn O 3 Network Offline gt 5 c 2 O U ct Oo gt IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 3 5 4 Communication Status Confirmation 4 3 Status of a Slave in the O I Link If a slave unit does not exist or fails to engage in normal communication even though the slave is registered in the Slave Registration Setting Register LSD102 in the master the status of the slave is referred to as offline status Conversely the status of the slave in which normal communication is executed is referred to as online status When a slave unit is in offline status the master always monitors the slave status if it is online In one cycle the master searches for one slave unit in the offline status after the master completes the communications with all slave units in online status Two sets of O I cycle periods are required in order to recognize two slave units in offline status 2 slave units are in offline status The n
210. ingle MICRO I MICRO I RS485 Ethernet External device 1 External device 2 External device 3 External device n x Different types of external devices can be simultaneously connected by using multiple communication drivers refer to Chapter 6 5 Using Multiple Communication Drivers on page 6 8 s 2nq JeuJeyx3 d ANW YAM UO edIUNWULUOD ol IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 6 1 2 Communication Drivers Supporting 1 N Communication 6 2 Communication Drivers Supporting 1 N Communication Compatible Communication Drivers The table below lists the Communication Drivers supporting 1 N communication Manufacturer Communication Driver IDEC OpenNet MICROSmart SmartAXIS Pro Lite RS232C 485 OpenNet MICROSmart SmartAXIS Pro Lite Ethernet Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC FX LINK MELSEC Q QnA Ethernet MELSEC FX3U Ethernet OMRON SYSMAC CS1 CJ series Ethernet Allen Bradley Ethernet IP KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES DirectLogic 205 405 DirectLogix Ethernet Modbus Modbus RTU Master Modbus ASCII Master Modbus TCP Client KEYENCE KV Ethernet YASKAWA Electric MP2000 Ethernet Yokogawa Electric FACTORY ACE FA M3 Ethernet Fuji Electric MICREX SX Ethernet Emerson Electric ROC Protocol S
211. ings Configure the settings according to the external device to be used Project Settings dialog box Tab Name Setting Name Description Select from the External Device Communication 1 to the Communication Interface Function Ee External Device Communication 4 Manufacturer Select Modbus Communication Driver Communication Driver Select Modbus TCP Server Refuse Access From Unknown Clients Select this box to refuse access from devices other than the specified external device client Communication Driver Extension Settings Time Out x100 msec Enter the duration after which timeout occurs if request is not sent from the external device in units of seconds Port Number Select the port number used for the communication Processing Interval Enter the interval in units of milliseconds at which the MICRO I performs communication processing When the speed of other operations of the MICRO I seems slow this is due to a large amount of communications therefore set a large value here to maybe increase the communication processing speed Client Address 1 to Client Address 4 When Refuse Access From Unknown Clients is checked specify the IP address of the external device client from which access will be accepted When the number of accessible external devices is three or less then 0 0 0 0 to the address for unused client Settings of the Modbus RTU
212. installation removal wiring maintenance and inspection of the HG2G 5T Failure to turn power off may cause electrical shock or fire hazard Special expertise is required to install wire configure and operate the HG2G 5T People without such expertise must not use the HG2G 5T The HG2G 5T uses an LCD liquid crystal display as a display device The liquid inside the LCD is harmful to the skin If the LCD is broken and the liquid attaches to your skin or clothes wash the liquid off using soap and consult a doctor immediately Emergency and interlocking circuits must be configured outside of the HG2G 5T Do not use the HG2G 5T s internal touch switches for an emergency circuit If the HG2G 5T failed the external equipment connected to the HG2G 5T will no longer be protected and serious injury to operators and equipment damage may be caused Preface 1 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC SAFETY PRECAUTATIONS N CAUTION Prevent the HG2G 5T from falling while moving or transporting otherwise damage or malfunction of the HG2G 5T will result Use the product within the environmental limits given in the catalog and manual Use of the product in high temperature or high humidity environments or in locations where it is exposed to condensation corrosive gas or large shock loads can create the risk of electrocution and fire The HG2G 5T is designed for use in pollution degree 2 Use the HG2G 5T i
213. ion of the communication error information IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 6 5 SIND Jeux ejdniniy ui uone iunuuuo L3 6 6 3 Settings of the 1 N Communication 3 2 Connection Diagram For the wiring diagram between the PLC and MICRO I refer to the PLC manual for PLC pin outs For connecting two or more PLC units with the MICRO I refer to the diagram below RS422 485 2 wire Name Pin No RDA RD RDB RD SDA SD SDB SD SG Ui ouo External Device 1 Name FG A D B D SG External Device 2 Name FG A D B D SG External Device 3 Name FG A D B D SG Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important RS422 485 4 wire Name RDA RD RDB RD SDA SD SDB SD SG External Device 1 Name FG SDA SD SDB SD RDA RD RDB RD SG External Device 2 Name FG SDA SD SDB SD RDA RD RDB RD SG External Device 3 Name FG SDA SD SDB SD RDA RD RDB RD SG 59 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T Wh
214. ion Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 RS232C Link Unit PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Name FG 1 SD SD 2 RD RD 3 RS RS 4 CS CS 5 SG SG ER Connection Diagram 2 RS422 Link unit PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Name FG 8 RDA RD SDA SD 9 RDB RD SDB SD 6 SDA SD RDA RD 7 SDB SD RDB RD 5 SG SG We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link Unit side for long distance transmission There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 2 58 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Connection Diagram 3 RS422 Link unit PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name FG 7 8 RDA RD SDA SD 9 A 9 RDB RD SDB SD 5 1 6 SDA SD RDA RD 6 7 SDB SD
215. ion Diagram 6 Page 2 27 Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 28 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 15 SIND Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOY N 2 Mitsubishi Electric WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit Flow Communication Interface Control Driver Q00J CPU QJ 71E71 100 Ethernet MELSEC Q QnA QOOCPU Q 71E71 B5 Ethernet QO1CPU QJ 71E71 B2 Q02CPU Q02HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU Q25HCPU Q00UJ CPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU QO2UCPU QO3UDCPU Q04UDHCPU QO6UDHCPU Q10UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Q20UDHCPU Q26UDHCPU QO3UDECPU QO4UDEHCPU QO6UDEHCPU Q10UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q20UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU Q50UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU QO3UDECPU Not required QO4UDEHCPU connects to CPU unit QO6UDEHCPU Q10UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q20UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU Q50UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU 2 16 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 Mitsubishi Electric WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit arr Flow Communication makes Control Driver MELSEC FX FX1 Not required RS422 485 4 wire None MELSEC FX CPU FX2 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 27 FX2C FXO Not required RS422 485 4 wire FXON connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 27 FX1N RS422 485 4 wire FX0S Connection Diagram 10 Page 2 29 FX1S FX1NC Not required RS422 485 4 wire MELSEC FX2N CPU FX2NC connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 27
216. ion Diagram 6 Page 2 59 oa f Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 60 CJ 1W SCU41 V1 MICRO I MICRO I MICRO I You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5 SYSMAC CJ CP series Communication Board OO O00 0000 iE CJ 2M CPU31 32 33 34 35 IB RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CP1E CP1L CP1H MICRO I CP1W CIFO1 ES RS422 um lt P f Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 60 CP1W CIF11 MIERO I You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5 2 56 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 OMRON e SYSMAC CS C CP series Connects to the Ethernet Communication Unit SYSMAC CS1 series Ethernet Communication Unit OO OOO 0000 E an M y 4 CS1G CJ 1H f MICRO I iL ER CS1W ENTO1 9 CS1W ENT11 2 CS1W ENT21 A SYSMAC CJ 1 CJ2 series S rt Ethernet Communication Unit o x 8 Se um dS p CJ1M CJ1H CJ 1G i MICRO I y CJ 2M CJ2H CP1H S CJ 1W ENT21 A u SYSMAC CJ2 series a 1 11 oo 000000000 iE CJ 2M CPU31 32 33 34 35 MICRO I CJ 2H CPU64 65 66 67 68 EI P EA Use a crossover cable to connect the MICRO I and PLC directly a e When using a hub Ethernet switch use a cable that can be used with the hub IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 57 3 OMRON 3 3 Connect
217. ion Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CS1W SCB41 port1 RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CS1W SCB41 port2 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 59 CS1W ENTO1 Ethernet SYSMAC CS1 C CS1W ENT11 series Ethernet CS1W ENT21 SYSMAC CJ 1 CJ1M Not required RS232C None SYSMAC CS1 series CJ 1H connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 916 CJ 1W SCU21 V1 RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU31 V1 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU41 V1 portl RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU41 V1 port2 RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CJ 1W ETN21 Ethernet SYSMAC CS1 C series Ethernet SYSMAC Cj 2 CJ2M CPU11 12 13 14 15 Not required RS232C None SYSMAC CS1 series CJ2H CPU64 65 66 67 68 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU21 V1 RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU31 V1 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 59 CJ 1lW SCU41 V1 port1 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU41 V1 port2 RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CJ 1W ETN21 Ethernet SYSMAC CS1 C series Ethernet CJ 2M CPU31 32 33 34 35 CP1W CIFO1 RS232C None SYSMAC CS1 series Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CP1W CIF11 RS422 485 4 wire Connect ion Diagram 8 Page 2 60 CJ 1W SCU21 V1 RS232C Connect ion Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SCU31 V1 RS422 485 4 wire Connect ion Diagram 7 Page 2 59 CJ 1W SC
218. ire Pin No Name FG 420 A 8 RDA RD A 9 RDB RD B 6 SDA SD SG 7 SDB SD 5 SG Z3 3 e RS422 485 2 wire DM Link 1 N Communication N22 In the following diagram only describe the terminal name Refer to Chapter 4 2 wire for the correspondence between the terminal name and the pin number HG2G 5T Wiring Diagram External Device A B SG HG2G 5T HG2G 5T There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 SDA RDA SDB RDB SG SDA RDA SDB RDB SG EA If more than one MICRO I is connected to an external device select RS422 485 2 wire from Serial a Interface under Interface Settings IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual Uuoneo iunuuuuo JUN Wd 5 4 Communication Specifications 4 Communication Specifications 4 1 Communication Method The communication method varies based on the serial interface selected DM Link 1 1 Communication Interface Communication Method RS232C Full Duplex RS422 485 2 wire Half Duplex RS422 485 4 wire Full Duplex DM Link 1 N Communication Interface Communication Method RS232C RS422 485 2 wire Half Duplex RS422 485
219. ith WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 15 Yokogawa Electric 15 5 Usable Device Addresses FA M3 Serial Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Relay X X 201 to 71664 R 1 EN Output Relay Y Y 201 to 71664 R W 1 Int Relay 1 to 65536 R W Decimal 9 Comm Relay E E 1 to 4096 R W Decimal a Link Relay L L 1to 78192 R W 2 Q Spec Relay M M 1 to 9984 R W Decimal S Timer Relay TU T 1 to 3072 R Decimal Counter Relay CU C 1 to 3072 R Decimal Word Device 3 i Device Type Read Address v Device Name Address Number Range Numeral I MICRO I PLC Write System Q Input Relay XW X 201 to 71649 R 3 al Output Relay YW Y 201 to 71649 R W 3 Int Relay IW 1 to 65521 R W Decimal Comm Relay EW E 1 to 4081 R W Decimal Link Relay LW L 1 to 78177 R W 4 Spec Relay MW M 1 to 9969 R W Decimal Timer Current Value TP T 1 to 3072 R W Decimal Timer Preset Value TS 1 1 to 3072 R Decimal Counter Current Value CP C 1to 3072 R W Decimal Counter Preset Value CS C 1to 3072 R Decimal Data Register D D 1 to 65536 R W Decimal Comm Register R R 1 to 4096 R W Decimal File Register B B 1 to 99999 R W Decimal Link Register Ww W 1 to 74096 R W 5 Spec Register Z Z 1 to 1024 R W Decimal 1 The address number range is as follows
220. k Link Data highway plus PLC 5 Processor Station Address 00 to 77 Octal 1770 KF2 Node Number 1 7 00 to 77 Octal Setting the Station Address using WindO I NV4 When using the 1770 KF2 Module select Use 1770 KF2 on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog box and set Station Address 1770 KF2 and Station Address PLC5 In case of direct connection to PLC5 Processor Module clear Use 1770 KF2 Instead select Station Address 1770 KF2 These numbers are to be set using octal for the PLC 5 and 1770 KF2 but hexadecimal for the WindO I NV4 When using the 1770 KF2 Module select this setting using the 1770 KF2 Module DIP switch In the case of a direct connection to the PLC 5 Processor Module select this setting using the PLC 5 Processor Module DIP switch When using the 1770 KF2 Module select this setting using the DIP switch on 1770 KF2 Module In case of a direct connection to the PLC 5 Processor Module select using the 6200 Programming Software Channel 0 configuration The setting for this item must match the setting on the MI CRO I Series unit Be certain to select as indicated This setting is required regardless of whether 1770 KF2 Module is used or not When using the 1770 KF2 Module select this setting using the DIP switch on PLC 5 Processor and in the case of a direct connection to the PLC 5 Processor Module select using the 6200 Programming Softw
221. l Timer Contact T 0 to 249 R Decimal Counter Contact C 0 to 249 R Decimal Special Internal Relay SM 2000 to 2915 R W Decimal Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Data Memory D DM 0 to 9999 R W Decimal Temporary Memory TM TM 0 to 31 R W Decimal Timer Current TC T 0 to 249 R W Decimal Counter Current cc C 0 to 249 R W Decimal Timer Preset TS T 0 to 249 R W Decimal Counter Preset CS C 0 to 249 R W Decimal qux Basic Input Relay X addresses 100 and higher as well as Basic Output Relay Y addresses 600 and Q higher are only available when using the Conventional KV series KV 40 80 models MICRO I does not support all device addresses of the Visual KV series WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 7 Hitachi 7 Hitachi 7 1 Connection Table WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit Flow Communication Interface A Control Driver S10mini S10mini Not required RS422 485 4 wire None S10mini built into the CPU unit Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 116 LQE160 RS232C Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 116 LQE165 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 116 LQE560 RS232C Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 116 LQE565 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 116 S10V LQP510 Not required RS232C None S10mini built into the CPU unit Connection Diagr
222. l n Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 58 MICRO I C200H LK202 2 52 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 OMRON 000000000 RS232C dum 1l Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 C120 LK201 V1 RS422 4 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 58 C120 LK202 V1 i g RS232C d a 0 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 C200HE C200HG C200H LK201 V1 MICRO I C200HX C120 C120F MICRO I MICRO I SIND EUISIXT 0 UONDSUUOI 5 RS422 1 n Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 58 MICRO I C200H LK202 V1 Ty Communication Board RS232C m U a Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 C200HE f C200HG C200HX C200HW COM02 MICRO I COM04 COM05 COM06 Communication Board m RS422 Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 59 F MICRO I C200HW COM03 COM06 You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5 u IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 53 3 OMRON em CPM1 CPM1A CPM2A a RS232C Adapter CPM1 CIFO1 f RS422 Adapter CPM1 CIF11 ge DENT Connection Diagram 5 Connection Diagfam a Page 250 2 59 RS422 Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 60 e SYSMAC C series Connects to the Link Interface on the CPU Unit C20H C28H C40H C60H OO OOO N C200HS CPU21 23 31 33 CQMIH C200HE C
223. l 2 31 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC FX Series Using Communication Driver MELSEC FX CPU MELSEC FX2N CPU MELSEC FX3UC CPU Item Setting Interface RS232C or RS422 Baud Rate 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits Use the same 7 bits settings as for the Stop Bits MICRO I 1 stop bits Parity Even When connecting CPU unit for the connection the PLC program scan time will increase when it starts Ak communicating with the MICRO I Check it under your actual operating conditions e To connect MELSEC FX series PLC and MI CRO I check the following two things Unchecked the communication setting by the programming software D8120 must be 0 If the PLC is MELSEC FX3U or MELSEC 3UC check the follows If MICRO I connects to CH1 on the PLC D8400 must be 0 If MICRO I connects to CH2 on the PLC D8420 must be 0 MELSEC FX Series Using Communication Driver MELSEC FX LI NK Item Setting Interface RS232C or RS422 Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 bps Data Bits Use the same 7 or 8 bits settings as for the Stop Bits MICRO I 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Protocol Special protocol communication Sum check Enable Transmission Control Protocol With Type 4 CR LF Station No 00 to OF In the case of FX1S FX1N and FX1NC there must be an interval time of two scan times or more ik otherwise t
224. l Equipment Systems 2 212 IDEC anna ee ni RN EE 2 4 INVERTER draie idnina tnin siaa a aa 2 215 JTEKT Toyoda ssscncicstannttasiodssaesiionasnsamersssaacds 2 119 KETENGE zac cassette muse EE adip R aes E 2 104 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 2 151 E ee 2 194 Mitsubishi Electric ee 2 20 MODUS casa 5 3 Modbus RTU Slave function eensesnennesnensnnenennenennn 5 13 Modbus TCP Server function eseeeeeee 5 13 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual eem 2 52 PANASONIC uni andern 2 135 SJiad rg 2 94 STE ILLI 2 185 TOSHIBA MACHINE eee 2 125 Vigor Electri 1 2 200 YASKAWA Electric eem 2 144 Yokogawa Electric seeeeee 2 164 T TOSDIDE sareni she REHERBER EL FERTERRERFETITERLERFRRFEREFERT ET 2 184 TOSHIBA MACHINE eeenn enne 2 125 Transmission Allowed Command seeeee 4 15 Transmission Control seeeee nee san san nnnnnnn 4 15 Transmission Control Communication Example 4 16 Transmission Control Sequence ceecee 4 16 U Usable Device Addresses Allen Bradley u a 2 79 Emerson Electric ac 2 207 jou 2 162 paie dp 2 181 GE Fanuc Automation sseeee ne 2 133 lire ann 2 118 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems 2 214 lpickr Tm 2 13 INVERTER a diete Ra Y 2 217 JTEKT Toyoda eeeeeeen mne 2 122 KEYENCE vsssiniiaviactanctitm
225. le KM10 0C from Yokogawa Electric IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual SIND Jeux 0 UOISUUOD N 15 Yokogawa Electric 15 4 2 166 Environment Settings FA M3 Link Unit F3LC11 1N 2N Items Details Interface RS232C or RS485 4 wire CPU Number 1 0x01 to 4 0x04 Hexadecimal Station Number 1 Decimal Use the same BaUAIRALE settings as for the MICRO I 2000 ge 19200 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Sum check Enable Terminus character specification Enable Protection function Disable FA M3 CPU Programming tool port Items Details Interface RS232C Station Number 01 Decimal Data Bits settings as for the MICRO I 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Even or None Sum check Enable Terminus character specification Enable FA M3 via Ethernet Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Item Setting IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I Communication Interface Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask of MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway of MICRO I IP Address Set the IP address of CPU Unit or Link Unit Communication Driver Network Port Number Set the IP address of CPU Unit or Link Unit CPU Number Set the slot number of the CPU Unit to communicate w
226. low 3 c Blue 4 k Green 5 l Brown 6 Gray 7 p Red 8 1 White Cover nee Connection Diagram Connecting the IDEC MICROSmart PLC RS232C Mini DIN 8 pin Connector HG2G 5T Terminal block O Name Color Pin No Shield Pin No Name oO NC Black 1 Pu 1 SD j NC Yellow 2 2 RD 3 SD Blue 3 3 RS RD Green 4 4 CS NC Brown 5 5 SG v SG Gray 6 Oo SG Red 2 2 NC White 8 L3 X O Shield Cover o D u Connecting the Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC FX series except the FX3U and FX3UC 32MT LT PLC RS422 485 Mini DIN 8 pin Connector HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Color Pin No Pin No Name SDA Red 7 EEG 8 RDA RD SDB Green 4 1 9 RDB RD RDA Yellow 2 6 SDA SD RDB Black 1 ESS 7 SDB SD SG Blue 3 E M 5 SG SG Grey 6 Shield Cover Terminate any unused wires properly to make sure that these wires do not contact other wires or is metal parts electrically Please do not use the communication cables part number FC2A KP1C and HG9Z XC275 with FX3U FX3UC 32 MT LT of the MELSEC FX Series described in this manual because the Mini DIN Connector interferes with the housing of the PLC IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 7 1 1 Communication Cables 7 2 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Numerics 1 1 Communication Device Link Comm
227. m 1 Page 2 10 FC4A HPH1 FC4A PC3 RS422 485 2 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 Web Server Unit Ethernet OpenNet MICROSmart FC4A SX5ES1E SmartAXIS Pro Lite Ethernet IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 1 SIINDA Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOY 1 IDEC WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit Flow ae Interface Communication Driver Control MI CROSmart Pentra FC5A C10R2 Not required RS232C None OpenNet MI CROSmart FC5A C16R2 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 11 SmartAXI S Pro Lite RS232C 485 FCSA CIOR2C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC5A C16R2C FC5A C24R2C FC4A PC1 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC4A PC3 RS422 485 2 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 FC5A SIF2 RS232C Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 11 FC5A SIF4 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 Web Server Unit Ethernet OpenNet MICROSmart FC4A SX5ES1E SmartAXIS Pro Lite Ethernet FC5A D16RK1 Not required RS232C None OpenNet MICROSmart FC5A D16RS1 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 11 SmartAXI S Pro Lite RS232C 485 FCSA D32S3 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC4A HPC1 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC4A HPC3 RS422 485 2 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 10 FC4A HPH1 FC4A PC1 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 10 FC4A HPH1 FC4A PC3 RS422 485 2 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2
228. m 3 Page 2 174 NB3 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 175 NJ CPU E4 NJ RS2 RS232C ER NJ CPU A8 NJ RS4 Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 174 NJ CPU B16 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 175 NS NS RS1 RS232C ER Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 174 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 175 MI CREX F F55 NVIL RS2 RS232C None MICREX F Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 175 F70 NC1L RS2 RS232C Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 175 NC1L RS4 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 175 F80H FFU120B RS232C F120H Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 175 F1205 RS422 485 4 wire F140S Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 175 F150S F30 FFK120A C10 RS232C F50 Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 175 Eat RS422 485 4 wire ES Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 175 F70 F70S F80H F81 F120H F120S F140S F150S F250 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 169 So2I e Jeux 03 UOIDSUUOD 5 16 Fuji Electric CPU unit Link Unit WindO I NV4 Settings Interface Flow Control Communication Driver MI CREX SX NP1PH 08 NP1PH 16 NP1PS 32 NP1PS 32R NP1PS 74R NP1PS 117R NP1PS 245R NP1PS 74D NP1PM 48R NP1PM 48E NP1PM 256E NP1PM 256H NP1PU 048E NP1PU 128E NP1PU 256E Not required Connect to CPU unit loader connection connector NP4H CB2 NWOH CNV RS232C Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 175 NP1L RS1 RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 176 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Dia
229. m Configuration TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DUK TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DTK TWD LMDA 40DUK TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DUK TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DTK TWD LMDA 40DUK TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DUK TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DTK TWD LMDA 40DUK Module Controller HMI Module Communication Adapter RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 5 9 TWD NAC232D Communication Adapter MICRO I TWD XCP ODM HMI Module RS485 Connection Diagram 2 Page 5 9 TWD NAC485D MICRO I Communication Adapter sy TWD XCP ODM HMI Module RS485 Connection Diagram 3 Page 5 9 TWD NAC485T Communication Adapter MICRO I TWD XCP ODM HMI Module WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 System Configuration 2 7 Momentum MODUBS TCP Client Ethernet 10BASE T MICRO I 171CCC9602 on Use a crossover cable to connect the MICRO I and PLC directly Q When using a hub Ethernet switch use a cable that can be used with the hub Please avoid using for the long distance communication because this driver may be used in the control network in the same factory only 2 8 TWDLCAA16DRF 24DRF TWDNAC485D Communication board MICRO I RS485 Connection Diagram 2 Page 5 9 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 5 7 5 8 2 System Configuration 2 9 TWDLCAAI16DRF 24DRF TWDNAC485T Communicatio
230. mat Expression of Device Address Format MicroLogix 1200 Notation Allen Bradley WindO I NV4 programming software 1 SI 2 12 6 SI 201206 1 2 12 6 L 1to2 digits Bit number 2 digits Bit number 1 to 3 digits Word number 3 digits Word number 1to 2 digits File number 1to 2 digits Slot number 2 PI 277 17 PI 27717 277 17 L1to2 digits Terminal number 2digits Terminal number 1 digit Group number 1 digit Group number 1 to 2 digits Rack number 1to 2 digits Rack number 3 B 10 123 5 B 1012305 B10 123 5 1to 2 digits Bit number 2 digits Bit number 1to3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number 1to 3 digits File number 1t03 digits File number 4 TEN 12 123 TEN 12123 TEN12 123 1to3 digits Element number TO 3digits Element number 1 to 3 digits File number 1 to 3 digits File number 2 86 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Word Device 4 Allen Bradley Device Type Address Number Range Address Device Name Read Numeral MICRO I PLC Range Notation Write System SLC MicroLogix Input Word SWI 0 to 16255 1 Decimal SLC MicroLogix Output Word SWO O 0 to 16255 1 R Decimal PLC 5 Input Word PWI 0 to 277 2 Decimal PLC 5 Output Word PWO O 0 to 277 2 R W Decimal Status S S 20
231. mber corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Connection Diagram 7 MICREX SX series Loader connection Connector PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name 25 NENE ae SD B 2 RD ER 4 B RS SG 5 HY 4 CS DR 6 5 SG RS 7 CS 8 E IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 175 SIND Jeux 0 UOIPSUUOY N 16 Fuji Electric Connection Diagram 8 Connection Diagram 9 2 176 PLC RS232C D sub 9 pin Female Connector Name PLC RS422 485 D sub 9 pin Male Connector Name Pin No SDA SDB SG HG2G 5T MICREX SX series RS232C Port Terminal block Pin No Name HG2G 5T MICREX SX series RS485 Port Terminal block Pin No Name RDA RD RDB RD SDA SD SDB SD U1 NI O W oo SG 7 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 WindO I NV4 External Device
232. mission Delay setting DM32002 DM32012 Default 0 msec Delay time setting CTS control Set to 0 for no DM32003 DM32013 Unit No Use the same settings as for the MICRO I Ak Set DIP switch SW1 to the 4 4 wire x Set DIP switch SW2 to ON to turn the termination resistor setting ON For details refer to the Q Communication Board manual CPU unit CPM1 1A 2A Connect via CPM1 CIF01 RS232C CIF11 RS422 Item Setting Port RS232C or RS422 Baud Rate 9600 bps Data Bits 7 bits Stop Bits 2 stop bits Parity Even J Select using Register Command or not on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog box For details refer to the PLC manual 1 Initial settings Baud Rate 9600bps Data Bits 7 bits Stop Bits 2 stop bits Parity Even IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 63 So2I e Jeux 03 uonpeuuo N 3 OMRON e SYSMAC CS1 C series Ethernet Communication Unit Settings Set the following items on Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Item Setting IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I Communication Interface Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask of MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway of MICRO I IP Address Set the IP address of Ethernet Communication Unit Port Number Set the port number of Ethernet Communication Unit Set the network address which is set in the Etherent FINS Network Address
233. mit the following command until the external device receives the response of a command ak which transmitted to the display machine or serves as a timeout Write Communication Example Write 22136 5678h to DM100 and 4660 1234h to DM101 without BCC Basic protocol format When BCD8 is displayed from DM100 External Device MICRO I The shaded part of the command is ASCII code 4 14 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 7 DM Link 1 1 Communication Format 7 3 Transmission Control The external device command controls the transmission from the MICRO I The commands are Transmission Prohibited and Transmission Allowed The Transmission Control commands are the same as the general X ON and X OFF commands Therefore you can use DM Link 1 1 Communication with an external device that can perform X ON and X OFF control without making any settings e Stop Transmission Command Format D c 3 Description Command Code Description Bytes DC3 13h Stop Transmission 1 After the MICRO I receives the DC3 command it sends up to a maximum of 15 bytes of data and then transmission is stopped While transmission is stopped the MICRO I can store up to 1023 bytes of transmission data If event outputs occur that would cause this number to be exceeded the MICRO I stops operating until the data is output There is no response to the Transmission Prohibited command e
234. multiples a multiplier of 16 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 39 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC A1S A2C CPU Bit Device Device Name i mare e Address Number Range rud Er ee Input Relay x x 0 to 1FF R 1 Output Relay Y Y 0 to 1FF R W 1 Internal Relay M M 0 to 2047 R W Link Relay B B 0 to 3FF R W 1 Latch Relay L L 0 to 2047 R W Timer contact TS T 0 to 255 R Timer coil TC T 0 to 255 R W Counter contact CS C 0 to 255 R Counter coil CC C 0 to 255 R W Special Internal Relay SM SM 9000 to 9255 R Annunciator F F 0 to 255 R W Word Device Device Name Hii AT mee Address Number Range ra De S Input Relay WX X 0 to 1F0 R 1 2 Output Relay WY Y 0 to 1F0 R W 1 2 Internal Relay WM M 0 to 2032 R W 2 Link Relay WB B 0 to 3F0 R W 1 2 Latch Relay WL L 0 to 2032 R W 2 Timer current value TN T 0 to 255 R Counter current value CN C 0 to 255 R Data Register D D 0 to 1023 R W Link Register W W 0 to 3FF R W 1 Annunciator WF F 0 to 240 R W 2 Special Internal Relay WSM SM 9000 to 9240 R 2 Special Register SD SD 9000 to 9255 R File Register R R 0 to 8191 R W atk File Register is not available when Memory Cassettes is used e File Register is tested with the CPU Unit MELSEC A1S A1SH A1SJH A2SH A2C Don t use the File Register with expect these CPU Unit When File Register is used restart MICRO I after
235. n For details refer to Chapter 6 Communication error information for each Station Number on page 6 5 Connection settings Conditions under which the error occurred Read error log Write error log Monitoring communication error information for each station individually J The communication error settings can be specify per communication driver which is selected in External Device Communication 1 to External Device Communication 4 The station number varies based on the communication interface The displayed settings are as follows Serial interface Slave Number Ethernet interface External Device ID IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 6 3 s d eux ejdniniy ui uone iunuuuo jo 3 Settings of the 1 N Communication Communication error information It is possible to check the conditions of the communication and the error log It is also possible to initialize the connection status for each Station No Bit 15 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Conditions under which X Function Reserved Write error log Read error log Reserved the error Reserved Reserved Initialization Reserved occurred Read Write R R R R R W Bit 1 Initialization Writing 1 initializes all values related to error information and communication error information for each Station No When the value turns to 0 after 1 is written this indicates that initialization is complete
236. n Communication Conditions eene 4 6 Communication Method ccceccsecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Flow control ERPPREPPREFRRERERFEEREEREEREEFFEFPEFFEEELFEREEEEERFEERE 4 6 System Configuration sssseeene 4 3 Index 1 DM Link 1 N Communication Communication Conditions een 4 6 Communication Method eee 4 6 Flow Control iisiaeectexssc hn etl aal etd ete xu ie Duda rens 4 6 System Configuration seen 4 3 DM Link Communication eee 4 1 E Emerson EleCtriC cie eise reser ri n rcx d nh ri da 2 205 Environment Settings Allen Bradley sssseeeenmmm 2 76 EMErSONGEIECERIE varsianneisadstntantacdianatiandenniaanpoans 2 206 FANUG nissen 2 161 iji euge 2 177 GE Fanuc Automation eee 2 132 Hitachi eene 2 117 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems 2 213 ipie pc PREX EE 2 12 INVERTER una 2 216 JTEKT TOYOda witscisicsscsccaccitasesneascrcsndsasnenanenten 2 121 KEYENCE rr 2 108 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 2 154 Bla 2 197 Mitsubishi Electric sinn 2 30 MOODUS a nee 5 10 OMRON ass 2 61 Panasonle rasen nem 2 140 SIEMENS u kn 2 97 TOSHIDA na ra means 2 190 TOSHIBA MACHINE eene 2 127 WIG OF 1ai 11 OBERBPERREPEEERPEELPRRPEEREFPEHEEPEREFEFFPERFTEREFFR 2 203 YASKAWA Electric eene 2 147 Yokogawa Electric een 2 166 Error Soo EP TTE 4 26
237. n 1 y n data data Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Ho EA Ho E H L HIL IH L H L H L Format Error response AP apo 10413 4 10 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 7 DM Link 1 1 Communication Format Description Normal response Command Code Description Bytes STX 02h Response start 1 R 52h Read response 1 DM address Starting DM address for read The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII 4 code Words Number of words to read 2 The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code DM address data 4xn Data The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code n is the number The words are in order from the lowest address of words Only required when With BCC is selected ETX 03h However this is not added when Type 2 is selected for the Protocol 1 At the end of the response data Only required when With BCC is selected BCC Exclusive OR Hexadecimal from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII 2 code CR 0Dh End 1 Description Error response Command Code Description Bytes NAK 15h Command was not received correctly I Error Code Only Protocol format 1 Refer to Chapter 4 10 Error Codes on page 4 26 1 CR 0Dh Only Protocol format 1 1 End Read Sequence External Device MICRO I ak IDEC DM Address Upper Lower
238. n Bytes ENQ 05h Command start 1 W 57h Write Command 1 a DM address to begin writing from Da addiess The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code 3 z Words Number of words to write l 2 The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code 5 DM ADDRESS DATA The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code i O Data n is the number O The words are in order from the lowest address of words J Only required when with BCC is set 3 BCC Exclusive OR Hexadecimal from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII 2 3 code Q 9 CR ODh End 1 Oo gt Response Format Normal response Format Error response Description Normal response Command Code Description Bytes ACK 06h Write completed normally 1 W 57h Only required when Protocol format 1 is set Write response 1 CR 0Dh id required when Protocol format 1 is set 1 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 4 13 7 DM Link 1 1 Communication Format Description Error response Command Code Description Bytes NAK 15h Command was not received correctly 1 Error Code Only el when Protocol format 1 is set Refer to Chapter 4 10 1 Error Codes on page 4 26 CR 0Dh Only required when Protocol format 1 is set 1 End Write Sequence DM Address DM Address data DM Address n 1 External data Device Lower Lower Lower Upper Upper Upper MICRO I or Do not trans
239. n board MICRO I RS485 Connection Diagram 2 Page 5 9 I I Po Po Pg Pg 10 10 10 10 PLC1 PLC2 PLC3 PLCn WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 Connection Diagram 3 Connection Diagram Y The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details EA regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 3 1 Connection Diagram 1 TWDNAC232D PLC RS232C HG2G 5T Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name RS 1 1 SD ER D 2 RD SD 3 3 RS RD 4 4 CS DR 5 5 SG SG 6 i SG 7 45V 8 AE Shild Cover LM 5 3 2 Connection Diagram 2 TWDNAC485D lt Q O PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T u Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Terminal block Name Pin No gt Pin No Name Shield DEN NE 8 RDA RD D 1 9 RDB RD D 2 6 SDA SD OV 7 7 SDB SD EA 5 SG Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important 3 3 Connection Diagram 3 TWDNAC485T PLC RS422 485 Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire
240. n environments of pollution degree 2 based on the IEC60664 1 rating Install the HG2G 5T according to the instructions Improper installation will result in falling failure electrical shock fire hazard or malfunction of the HG2G 5T Prevent metal fragments or wire chips from dropping inside the HG2G 5T housing Ingress of such fragments and chips may cause fire hazard damage and malfunction Use a power supply of the rated value Using a wrong power supply may cause fire hazard The HG2G 5T uses PS2 of EN61131 as DC power supply based on the IEC EN61131 rating Use wire of a proper size to meet the voltage and current requirements When exporting the HG2G 5T to Europe use an EN60127 IEC60127 approved fuse on the power line outside the HG2G 5T When exporting the HG2G 5T to Europe use an EU approved circuit protector Make sure of safety before starting and stopping the HG2G 5T Incorrect operation of the HG2G 5T may cause mechanical damage or accidents Use the HG2G 5T in a local area network if you download upload or monitor the project data via the Ethernet port The touch panel of the HG2G 5T is made of glass and will break if exposed to excessive shock Take due care when handling it When more than one button is pressed at the same time due to the detection characteristics of an analog type touch panel only the gravity center of the pressed area is sensed and the unit assumes that only one butt
241. n range X Refer to the Exclusive OR XOR truth table to calculate BCC Q A XOR B C A B mlo o oje o oO jie je o N BCC 1 Calcuration BCC 2 Calcuration 05h 30h 31h 52h 30h 30h 30h 30h 30h 31h XOR Result 57h BCC 1 35h 37h UOHeEDdIUNWILUOD JUN Wd gt XOR Result 22h BCC 2 32h 32h IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 4 25 10 Error Codes 10 Error Codes When a command that starts with the ENQ 05h code and ends with CR ODh code is received but the content is not valid an error response is returned The error response codes are as follows Error Code Type Error Description 2 32h BCC BCC doesn t match when with BCC is set 55i A command other than W or R was received 3 33h Commana with the exception of the Clear command ae Invalid DM address 4 34h Address Number outside DMO to DM8191 i Invalid number of words specified 3 35h Number of words outside the range 1 to 255 or the DM address No of words 1 exceeds 8191 6 36h Received Bytes Received bytes invalid the number of words of data did not exist The error code is a code appended to a negative acknowledgment when 1 Type 1 is selected in Protocol of DM Link 1 N Communication or DM Link 1 1 Communication Not used when 0 Basic protocol format is selected in Protocol on
242. nary B B ud d 2 R W Decimal Timer Enable Bit TEN T EN 4000 to 4255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Timer Timing Bit TTT T TT 4000 to 4255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Timer Done Bit TDN T DN 4000 to 4255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Counter Up Enable Bit CCU C CU 5000 to 5255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Counter Down Enable Bit CCD C CD 5000 to 5255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Counter Done Bit CDN C DN 5000 to 5255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Counter Overflow Bit COV C OV 5000 to 5255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Counter Underflow Bit CUN C UN 5000 to 5255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Counter Update Accumulator CUA C UA 5000 to 5255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Control Enable Bit REN R EN 6000 to 6255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Control Queue Bit REU R EU 6000 to 6255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Control Asynchronous Bit Done Bit RDN R DN 6000 to 6255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Control Synchronous Done Bit REM R EM 6000 to 6255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Control Error Bit RER E ER 6000 to 6255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Control Unload Bit RUL R UL 6000 to 6255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Control Running Bit RIN R IN 6000 to 6255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal Control Found Bit RFD R FD 6000 to 6255 9000 to 255255 3 R Decimal For details about the address notation refer to Expression of Device Address Format on page 2 80 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 79 So2I e EUJ93X3 03 uonpoeuuo 5 N 4
243. nation resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 2 146 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 12 YASKAWA Electric 12 4 Environment Settings MP920 930 2300 Items Details Interface RS232C or RS422 485 Protocol MEMOBUS RTU Slave Address 1 to 63 Decimal Baud Rate 9600 or 19200 bps Data Bits 8 bits Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits Parity None Odd or Even Flow Control None or ER t is necessary to set up transmission form by the rudder program Please set up the head register by the side of the PLC as follows Moreover please give offset of each register as 0 So2I e Jeux 03 uonpoeuuo 5 5 Module detailed setup Setup of a slave Interface register Head REG reading of an Inputs Status IW0000 reading of an Inputs Registers IW0000 reading writing of a Coil MW00000 reading writing of a Holding Registers MW00000 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 147 12 YAS Connecting with the MP2000 series via Ethernet KAWA Electric MICRO I settings Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Item Setting Communication Interface IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask of MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway of MICRO I
244. nce table of devices name on page 2 88 Bit Device Device Type Address Number Range Address Device Name Read Numeral MICRO I PLC Range Notation Write System SLC MicroLogix Input Sl 0 to 1625515 1 R Decimal SLC MicroLogix Output so O 0 to 1625515 1 Decimal PLC 5 Input PI 0 to 27717 2 R Decimal PLC 5 Output PO O 0 to 27717 2 R W Decimal Binary B B 0 to 99999915 3 R W Decimal Timer Enable bit TEN TEN 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Timer Timing Bit TTT TTT 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Timer Done Bit TDN TDN 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Counter Up Enable Bit CCU CCU 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Counter Down Enable Bit CCD CCD 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Counter Done Bit CDN CDN 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Counter Overflow Bit COV COV 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Counter Underflow Bit CUN CUN 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Counter Update Accumulator CUA CUA 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Control Enable Bit REN REN 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Control Queue Bit REU REU 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Control Aynchronous Done Bit RDN RDN 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Control Synchronous Done Bit REM REM 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Control Error Bit RER RER 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Control Unload Bit RUL RUL 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Control Running Bit RIN RIN 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal Control Found Bit RFD RFD 0 to 999999 4 R Decimal For details about the address notation refer to Expression of Device Address For
245. nd the solutions are as follows Cause Solution Change the settings so that the screen isn t switched Base Screen or Popup Screen is switched frequently frequently Please consider the time needed for network scanning before setting schedule for alarm log and parts We strongly recommend only using the Alarm Log function on Master Monitoring Period in Alarm Log Settings is set shorter than the time needed for scanning network There are many External Device Addresses per screen Reduce the number of External Device Address set per screen You can check the scanning time on the network by LSD6 of the O I Link master and LSD101 of the O I Q Link Slave uone iunuuuJo JUN 1 0 m IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 3 7 6 Result on the Performance Evaluation of the MI CRO I 6 Result on the Performance Evaluation of the MI CRO I Evaluation of O I Link performance with the MI CRO I is conducted in the following conditions 6 1 Conditions PLC PLC Link compatible MELSEC Q Series Baud Rate 115200 bps No of units 16 units O I Link Total cable length 200 m Baud Rate 115 kbps Device address of the same type are set for O I Link Slave 1 to 15 For the O I Link Master enable System Area 1 to 4 12 words data For the O I Link Slave 1 to 15 enable System Area 1 to 4 12 words data and 50 words data which are same as each Slaves O I Link Polling Perio
246. nection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 FX3U CNV BD FX3U 485ADP RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 2 18 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 Mitsubishi Electric WindO I NV4 Settings FX3G CNV ADP FX3U 232ADP Connection D iagram 8 Page 2 28 FX3G 485 BD RS422 485 4 wire Connection Di agram 11 Page 2 29 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Di agram 12 Page 2 29 FX3G CNV ADP FX3U 485ADP RS422 485 4 wire Connection Di agram 11 Page 2 29 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Di agram 12 Page 2 29 CPU unit Link unit ms Flow Communication SURE Control Driver FX3UC FX3U 232 BD RS232C None MELSEC FX LI NK FX3U 232ADP Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX3U 485 BD RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 FX3U 485ADP RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 FX3G FX3G 232 BD RS232C IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual So2I e JEUJ93X3 0 uonpeuuo 5 N 2 Mitsubishi Electric 2 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of Mitsubishi Electric PLCs to the MICRO I MELSEC A Series Connects to the Computer Link Unit RS232C Dt 7 a Connection Dia
247. nection Diagram 3 Page 2 131 CPU323 unit directly CPU331 CPU341 CPU350 CPU351 CPU352 CPU360 CPU363 CPU364 CPU374 VersaMax Nano Not required RS232C None Series 90 SNP X Micro 14point connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 131 Micro 23 28point RS232C Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 131 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 131 2 128 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 10 GE Fanuc Automation 10 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of GE Fanuc PLCs to MICRO I screens Series 90 30 Connects to Communication Coprocessor Module CMM A RS232C lt A i Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 130 f RS422 485 4 wire 1 Series 90 30 IC683CMM311 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 130 MICRO I Series 90 30 VersaMax Micro Connects to Serial Port on CPU unit RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 131 Series 90 30 MICRO I VersaMax Micro 23 28 point cx Connects to Serial port on Series 90 30 PLC Power Supply Q Connects to Serial port 2 on VersaMax Micro PLC VersaMax Micro Nano Connects to Serial Port 1 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 131 VersaMax Micro Nano MICRO I Connects to Serial port 1 RS232C on VersaMax Micro Nano PLC IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 129 SIND EUISIXT 01 UOIDSUUOD 10 GE Fanuc Automation 10 3 Connection Diagram The
248. nication External device Read EEEEREFER Write Onanaaans 1 N Communication The MICRO I is connected to multiple external devices MICRO I Device Link Communication Read nae ntsc Write anonanaan External device Station No 1 Write annnannen Station No 2 Write anonannon Station No 3 see Unit names vary based on the manufacturer of the external device IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 1 1 2 Settings You need to setup MICRO I using WindO I NV4 in order for it to be able to communicate with the external devices Device Link Communication setting is set on the Project Settings dialog box displayed by clicking Project under System Setup on the Configuration tab in WindO I NV4 For detail refer to WindO I NV4 User s Manual Match the settings for the items in the following table to those of the external devices that you will be using Project Settings dialog box Tab Name Setting Name Description System Start Time sec This is the time delay until the MICRO I sends a communication command after the power is turned on Set this option if the external device is turned on after the MICRO I or some time is required until the communication port of external devices can be used Use System Area When Use System Area is selected set the device address for System Area Use System
249. nication can be connected WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual devices that support Modbus IDEC 2 System Configuration 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of Schneider PLCs to the MICRO I 2 1 Modbus RTU Master noooooooo San RS232C or RS485 nnnunnnnn MICRO I Equipment for Modbus RTU Slave 2 2 Modbus ASCII Master ET RS232C or RS485 oooooooon A MICRO I z Equipment for Modbus ASCII Slave Oo Q 4 2 3 Modbus TCP Client a E BE Biker A MICRO I Equipment for Modbus TCP Server Use a crossover cable to connect the MICRO I and PLC directly When using a hub Ethernet switch use a cable that can be used with the hub 2 4 Modbus TCP Server at ie EN MICRO I Equipment for Modbus TCP Client Use a crossover cable to connect the MICRO I and PLC directly When using a hub Ethernet switch use a cable that can be used with the hub IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 5 3 2 System Configuration 2 5 Modbus RTU Slave uonaoruna nnnnonnnn nnnnonnnn E Ci Equipment for Modbus RTU Master MICRO I 2 6 Twido Serial Port on CPU module ooooaooon noooanoon nonnanonn TWD
250. nt Value TN T 0 to 3FF R Hexadecimal Counter Current Value CN C 0 to 1FF R Hexadecimal Spec Register SD D 8000 to 837F R W Hexadecimal Link Register W W 0 to 3FFF R W Hexadecimal File Register R R 0 to 7FFF R W Hexadecimal IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 181 So2I e Jeux 03 uonpoeuuo 5 5 16 Fuji Electric MICREX F Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range z Numeral MICRO I PLC Write System In Output Relay bit B B 0 to 511F R W Hexadecimal Int Relay bit M M 0 to 511F R W Hexadecimal Keep Relay bit K K 0 to 63F R W Hexadecimal Edge Relay bit D D 0 to 63F R W Hexadecimal Spec Relay bit F F 0 to 125F R Hexadecimal Link Relay bit L L 0 to 511F R W Hexadecimal Ann Relay bit A A 0 to 45F R W Hexadecimal Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range 3 Numeral MICRO I PLC Write System InOut Relay word WB WB 0 to 511 R W Decimal Di InOut Relay word W24 W24 0 to 159 R W Decimal Int Relay word WM WM 0 to 511 R W Decimal Keep Relay word WK WK 0 to 63 R W Decimal Edge Relay word WD WD 0 to 63 R W Decimal Link Relay word WL WL 0 to 511 R W Decimal Spec Relay word WF WF 0 to 125 R Decimal Ann Relay word WA WA 0 to 45 R W Decimal FileMemo 0 word W30 W30 0 to 4095 R W Decimal FileMemo 1 word W31 W31 0 to 4095
251. oftware 1 INT 40 45 INT 40045 N40 45 1to3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number 1to 3 digits File number 1to 3 digits File number 2 REAL 123 255 0 REAL 123 255 1 REAL 1232550 REAL 1232551 REAL123 255 T 1 digit 0 Lower word 1 Upper word 1 to 3 digits Element number 1 to 3 digits File number 1 digit 0 Lower word 1 Upper word 3 digits Element number 1 to 3 digits File number WindO I NV4 uses 32 bit device as the divided 2 word device Therefore the last one digit shows that the device is upper word or lower word 2 90 Floating Point F and Long Word L are 32 bit devices When you write to these devices please be sure to write a high word and low word simultaneously If you write only high word or only low word 0 will be written into the other word A communication error occurs if you specify a file or element that is not allocated to the MicroLogis1200 or SLC 500 data table map WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 4 Allen Bradley 4 6 How to set Device Address for ControlLogix and CompactLogix series In ControlLogix and CompactLogix series a device address is set with a tag name However you have to set with a device type and an address number that is the same format as MicroLogix SLC 500 and PLC 5 because WindO I NVA can not operate a tag name directly You have to attach each tag name to a devic
252. om Point Type Logical Number Location Find number of Logical Number which is shown in middle of TLP which you selected in Emerson ROC software and input it in Location Parameter Paramete Select Parameter which you selected in Emerson ROC software form Parameter Device for Emerson ROC is based on ROC Protocol Specifications Manual Form Number A4199 Part Number D301053X012 November 2011 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 209 SIND EUISIXT 01 uonoeuuo 5 5 20 Emerson Electric How to enter the TLP manually 7 Select the Input TLP The Point Type Parameter and Location are disabled and the TLP Bit and Data Type are enabled External Device 0 0 Point Type Parameter Sequence Revision Datai Data2 Data3 Data4 Data5 Data6 Data Data8 Data9 o Configurable Opcode Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Pulse Inputs AGA Flow Parameters History Parameters AGA Flow Calculation Values Clock Flags Comm Ports System Variables FST Registers Soft Point Parameters 9 Database Parameters Module Information Information for User Defined Points A de Uerichln Cannar M Un b QD NJ 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 w FL 255 0 0 0 2 Configure TLP Bit and Data Type In TLP enter the values in the o
253. on This is the system configuration for the connection of JTEKT Toyoda PLCs to the MICRO I e TOYOPUC PC3 series uses to the Built in Link PC3J PC3J D PC3J G RS422 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 120 RS422 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 120 MICRO I MICRO I It connects with the Built in Link port of a CPU unit IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 119 So2I e Jeux 0 UOISUUOD 5 8 JTEKT Toyoda 8 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 PLC RS422 485 Terminal block TOYOPUC PC3J PC3JD Built in Link HG2G 5T Terminal block 7 722 Double Shield doi RDA RD RDB RD SDA SD SDB SD Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 2 PLC RS422 485 Terminal block TOYOPUC PC3J G Built in Link HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Double Shield 8 RDA RD
254. on are copyright and all rights are reserved by IDEC Corporation Unauthorized reproduction is prohibited The contents of this manual and the WindO I NV4 application are subject to change without notice e IDEC Corporation accepts no responsibility for circumstances arising from the use of this manual or the WindO I NV4 application Please contact your vendor or IDEC Corporation with any problems regarding the operation of this product Trademarks WindO l and MICRO I are registered trademarks of IDEC CORPORATION in JAPAN Microsoft Windows Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 and Windows 8 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Adobe is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated All other company names and product names used in this manual or the WindO I NV4 application are trademarks of their respective owners This product adopts the font of Ryobi Preface 3 WindO I NVA External Device Setup Manual IDEC Symbols Used in this Document Symbols Used in this Document This manual uses the following symbols to facilitate description Symbols ik Information that requires special attention Failure to operate the product in accordance nn with the information provided can lead to serious injury or damage eects Information relating to requests or material to reference in the use of a function eI Useful information relating to a function Co e Indicate
255. on is pressed Thus don t operate the MICRO I by pressing more than one button simultaneously The screen becomes blank when the backlight is burnt out however the touch panel remains enabled Incorrect touch panel operation will occur when operating the touch panel when the backlight appears to be turned off but is actually burnt out Note that this erroneous operation may result in damage Do not push hard or scratch the touch panel and protection sheet with a hard object such as a tool because they are damaged easily At temperatures over the rated operating temperature the clock accuracy is affected Adjust the clock before use For applications which require clock accuracy adjust the clock periodically Do not install the HG2G 5T in areas subjected to strong ultraviolet rays since ultraviolet rays may impair the quality of the LCD Do not attempt to disassemble repair or modify the HG2G 5T This can create the risk of fire or electrocution When disposing of the HG2G 5T do so as an industrial waste Do not switch off the power or pull out the USB flash drive while it is being accessed as this may result in destruction of the stored data If the data on the USB flash drive is corrupted format the USB flash drive IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual Preface 2 Revision history Revision history August 2015 First Edition Caution The contents of this manual and the WindO I NV4 applicati
256. onnected to External Device Communication 1 to External Device Communication 4 is a total of 32 external devices The number of external devices that can be set varies based on the communication interface The maximum number of external devices per communication driver varies based on the external device For details see the manual for the connected external devices Communication Interface Number of External Devices Serial Interface Connection 1 1 communication 1 Serial Interface Connection 1 N communication 31 max Ethernet Interface 32 max Maximum number of source devices at one time The maximum number of devices including O I Link that can be read at one time is 8192 Devices exceeding this limit cannot be read out SIND eux d ANW ui uone iunuuuo jo IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 6 9 6 Restrictions 6 10 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Chapter 7 Communication Cables 1 Communication Cables 1 1 External devices PLC connection cable FC2A KP1C HG9Z XC275 Communication cable for the HG2G 5T Serial and the IDEC MICROSmart or the Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC FX series T Type Number Cable length FC2A KP1C 2 4m HG9Z XC275 5m e Pinout Mini DIN 8 pin Connector Pin No Shield Color 1 Black 2 De Yel
257. onsecutively 2 Read discrete inputs Reading of Input Relay 1 consecutively 4 Read input registers Reading of Input Register IR consecutively 5 Write coil Writing to a single Coil C 6 Write single register Writing to a single Holding Register HR 7 Read exception status Reading of exception status 0 to 7th bit of HR400001 1 This function is not supported in Modbus RTU Slave function 5 18 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function The following section describes the details of the functions The communication example listed for each function is only for the function code The following communication examples are listed for each function code If Modbus TCP is selected add byte 0 to byte6 before the following examples if Modbus RTU is selected add the slave address as byte 0 and CRC as last byte FC3 Read multiple registers Reading of Holding Register HR consecutively Request Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 1 Byte 1 FC Function code 03 Byte 8 9 Byte 2 3 Reference Number Byte 10 11 Byte 4 5 Number of read words 1 to 125 words Normal response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 03 Byte 8 Byte 2 Number of bytes of the response number of read words x 2 From Byte 9 From Byte 3 Read data Error response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU
258. or details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 S10mini RS422 485 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Male Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name FG pane A 8 RDA RD NC 1 2 3 9 RDB RD UTXL 7 6 SDA SD UTXH 4 7 SDB SD URXL 6 5 SG URXH 8 5 9 Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 2 S10min S10V RS232C PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Male Connector Terminal block Shield Wire c r Nain setup e NIAID BY Wl M oO Connection Diagram 3 S10V RS422 485 PLC RS422 485 HG2G 5T D sub 9 pin Male Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name RD L 1 8 RDA RD RD H 2 9 RDB RD SD H 3 6 SDA SD SD L 4 7 SDB SD SG 5 5 SG Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines There is no pin number correspondin
259. ormation for each Station No occupies the same number of devices as the set number of words for each Communication Driver starting with the set device first Bit 15 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Conditions under which Condition Function Reserved Write error log Read error log Reserved the error Reserved Reserved Reserved settings occurred Read Write R R R R R W m Bit O Connection settings Instructs whether or not to communicate with the relevant Station No Communication is made if this bit is 1 Communication is not made if this bit is 0 When the power is turned on the default value of this bit is 1 When Auto retry is enabled this bit is always 1 When Auto retry is disabled this bit is 0 if a communication error occurs Bit 4 Conditions under which the error occurred This bit turns to 1 when an error is occurring at a relevant Station No When the system recovers from the communication error it automatically turns to 0 Bit 6 Read error log If a read error occurs at a relevant Station No 1 is written It will not change to 0 even after the system recovers from the read error To make it 0 write 1 in the Bit 1 initialization of the communication error information Bit 7 Write error log If a write error occurs at a relevant Station No 1 is written It will not change to 0 even after the system recovers from the write error To make it 0 write 1 in the Bit 1 initializat
260. p bits Parity None or Odd Flow Control ER DirectLogic 205 CPU Unit Communication port Items Details Interface RS232C Data representation Hexadecimal mode Slave Address 1 to 90 Decimal Baud Rate 9600 bps Set to the same setting Data Bits as the MICRO I 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity None or Odd Flow Control ER 2 154 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES Ethernet Unit on DirectLogic Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Item Setting IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I Communication Interface Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask of MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway of MICRO I IP Address Set the IP address of Ethernet unit Communication Driver Network Port Number Set the port number of Ethernet unit s 2n q Jeux 03 uonpoeuuo 5 N IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 155 13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 13 5 Usable Device Addresses DirectLogic 405 Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range F Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Points Bit X X 0 to 1777 R Octal Output Points Bit Y Y 0 to 1777 R W Octal Control Relays Bit C C 0 to 3777 R W Octal Stages Bit S S 0 to 1777 R W Octal Timer St
261. quired RS232C connects to CPU unit Connecti iagram 6 Page 2 59 CP1W CIF01 RS232C Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CP1W CIF11 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 60 CP1L L14 20 CP1W CIF01 RS232C CP1L M30 40 60 Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CPIL EL2O CP1W CIF11 RS422 485 4 wire CP1L EM20 30 40 Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 60 CP1H Y20D X40 XA20 CP1W CIF01 RS232C SYSMAC CS1 series Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 59 CP1W CIF11 RS422 485 4 wire IDEC CJ AW ETN21 Ethernet SYSMAC CS1 C series Ethernet WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 51 So2I e Jeux 03 uonpoeuuo 5 N 3 OMRON 3 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of OMRON PLCs to the MICRO I e SYSMAC C series Connects to the PLC Link Unit RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 p U C500 C500F C1000H C2000 C2000H C120 LK201 V1 MICRO I RS422 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 58 t n U C120 LK202 V1 MICRO I RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 RS422 1 n C ii C500 LK201 V1 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 58 MICRO I RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 1 n C RS422 A Eee gt C500 C500F C1000H Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 59 MICRO I C2000 C2000H C1000HF C500 LK203 8 RS232C iE Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 58 t n LU C200HS C200 LK201 MICRO I RS422 uum te
262. r HR Request Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 06 Hexadecimal Byte 8 9 Byte 2 3 Reference Number Byte 10 11 Byte 4 5 Write data Normal response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 06 Hexadecimal Byte 8 9 Byte 2 3 Reference Number Byte 10 11 Byte 4 5 Write data Error response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 86 Hexadecimal Byte 8 Byte 2 Exception code 01 or 02 5 22 Example 06h 00h 00h 12h 34h Request WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual Writing to HR400001 The write value is 1234 Hexadecimal 06h 00h 00h 12h 34h Normal response IDEC 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function FC7 Read exception status Reading of exception status Bit O to 7 of HR400001 Request Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 07 Hexadecimal Normal response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 07 Hexadecimal Byte 8 Byte 2 Value of exception status Error response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 87 Hexadecimal Byte 8 Byte 2 Exception code 01 or 02 Example Reading of exception status The read value is 34 Hexadecimal 07h 07h 34h Request Normal response
263. r Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System O Relay bit P P 0 to 31F R W Hexadecimal Auxiliary Relay bit M M 0 to 191F R W Hexadecimal Keep Relay bit K K 0 to 31F R W Hexadecimal Link Relay bit L L 0 to 63F R W Hexadecimal Special Relay bit F F 0 to 63F R Hexadecimal Timer Contact TS T 0 to 255 R W Decimal Counter Contact CS C 0 to 255 R W Decimal Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System 1 0 Relay word WP P 0 to 31 R W Decimal Auxiliary Relay word WM M 0 to 191 R W Decimal Keep Relay word WK K 0 to 31 R W Decimal Link Relay word WL L 0 to 63 R W Decimal Special Relay word WF F 0 to 63 R Decimal Timer Current Value T 0 to 255 R W Decimal Counter Current Value C 0 to 255 R W Decimal Data Register D 0 to 4999 R W Decimal WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 19 Vigor Electric 19 1 Connection Table 19 Vigor Electric CPU unit Link Unit WindO I NV4 Settings Interface Flow Control Communication Driver VB VB1 VB2 vo Not required Connects to CPU unit RS232C Connecti on Diagram 1 Page 2 201 VB 485A RS422 4 Connecti 85 2 wire on Diagram 2 Page 2 201 VB CADP RS232C Connecti on Diagram 3 Page 2 201 RS422 4 Connecti 85 2 wire on Diagram 4 Page 2 201 VB 232 RS232C Connecti on Diagram 5 Page 2 202 VB 485
264. r is 0 for the lower word bit 0 to bit 15 and 1 for the upper word bit 16 to bit 31 e n the case of a rack type controller the slot number is attributed as is and in the case of a package type controller it is as follows Package type controller 0 Left slot of the expansion rack 1 Right slot of the expansion rack 2 Example Address specification with SLC 500 I 1 0 Address specification with WindO I NV4 11 0 1 Allocate the System Area above the file number 7 integer file It will not operate with file number 10 and above You must construct an area above the SLC 500 data table file that corresponds to the System Area Address set by WindO I NV4 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 83 4 Allen Bradley e PLC 5 Half Duplex Bit Device Device Type Address Number Range Address Read Device Name R Numeral MI CRO I PLC Range Notation Write System Input 0 to 27717 1 R W Octal Output 0 O 0 to 27717 1 R W Octal Bit B 300000 to 9999915 2 R Decima Timer complete TDN T 3000 to 99999 3 R Decimal Timer timing TT T 3000 to 99999 3 R Decimal Timer enable EN T 3000 to 99999 3 R Decimal Counter complete CDN C 3000 to 99999 3 R Decimal Counter up enable CU C 3000 to 99999 3 R Decimal Counter down enable CD C 3000 to 99999 3 R Decimal Counter overflow OV
265. rd Device Device Name Hii AX T Address Number Range E ni ed Input Relay WX X 0 to 7F0 R 1 2 Output Relay WY Y 0 to 7F0 R W 1 2 Internal Relay WM M 0 to 2032 R W 2 Link Relay WB B 0 to 3F0 R W 1 2 Latch Relay WL L 0 to 2032 R W 2 Timer current value TN T 0 to 255 R Counter current value CN C 0 to 255 R Data Register D D 0 to 1023 R W Link Register W 0 to 3FF R W 1 Annunciator WF F 0 to 240 R W 2 Special Internal Relay WSM SM 9000 to 9240 R 2 Special register SD SD 9000 to 9255 R File register R R 0 to 8191 R W 1 Set this address number in hexadecimal 2 Set this address number in multiples of 16 2 36 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC MELSEC AnA CPU 2 Mitsubishi Electric Bit Device Device Name E DT lup Address Number Range aas ann Input Relay X X 0 to 7FF R 1 Output Relay Y Y 0 to 7FF R W 1 Internal Relay M M 0 to 8191 R W EN Link Relay B B 0 to 7FF R W O Latch Relay L L 0 to 8191 R W 3 Timer contact TS T 0 to 2047 R Q Timer coil TC T 0 to 2047 R W Counter contact CS C 0 to 1023 R x Counter coil cc C 0 to 1023 R W Special Internal Relay SM SM 9000 to 9255 R X Annunciator F F 0 to 2047 R W a vo Word Device o Device Name Hi ae Address Number Range Hopi ene ee a 3 Input Relay WX X 0 to 7FO R 1 2 d Output Relay WY Y 0 to 7F0 R W 1 2 Internal Relay WM M 0
266. rder of Point Type Location and Parameter and separate each one with a comma When Bit Device must be configured select the Bit and enter a value 14 Comm Ports 11 Data11 15 System Variables 12 Data 12 16 FST Registers 13 Data 13 17 Soft Point Parameters 14 Data 14 19 Database Parameters 15 Data15 20 Module Information 16 Data16 21 Information for User Defined Points v 17 Data17 S ELM RRYEEE Concor 10 ni io Location Data Type FL 255 TLP 0 0 0 3 Click OK The configured Device Address is displayed in the Destination Device Address YY The order of TLP in the Emerson ROC device address differs in the following ways a7 Using Tag Editor Example 22 5 3 in TLP box Point Type Location Parameter Emerson ROC device address composed of the entered TLP Bit and Data Type information Example 0 22 3 5 UI NT8 in Destination Device The TLP order is 22 3 5 Point Type Parameter Location 0 is the External Device ID and UNIT8 is the Data Type 2 210 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems 21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems 21 1 Connection Table WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link Unit icati Interface Flow Control te H Series CPU2 03H LAN ETH2 Ethernet EH Ethernet CPU2 07H CPU2 10H CPU2 20H CPU3 40H EH 150 EH CPU448 EH ETH2 Ethernet EH Ethern
267. ric IDEC Bit Device Device Name iai e im Address Number Range d SE Special Relay bit SM SM 000000 to 002047 R Decimal Input Relay bit X X 000000 to 001FFF R Hexadecimal Output Relay bit Y Y 000000 to OO1FFF R W Hexadecimal Internal Relay bit M M 000000 to 475135 R W Decimal Latch Relay bit L L 000000 to 475135 R W Decimal Annunciator bit F F 000000 to 475135 R W Decimal Edge Relay bit V V 000000 to 475135 R W Decimal Link Relay bit B B 000000 to 073FFF R W Hexadecimal Timer contact TS TS 000000 to 475135 R Decimal Timer coil TC TC 000000 to 475135 R W Decimal Retentive Timer contact SS SS 000000 to 475135 R Decimal Retentive Timer coil SC SC 000000 to 475135 R W Decimal Counter contact CS CS 000000 to 475135 R Decimal Counter coil CC CC 000000 to 475135 R W Decimal Link Special Relay bit SB SB 000000 to 0007FF R W Decimal Step Relay bit S S 000000 to 008191 R W Decimal Word Device Device Name 7 Address Number Range hired prey Special Register SD SD 000000 to 002047 R Decimal Data Register D D 000000 to 029695 R W Decimal Link Register 000000 to 0073FF R W Hexadecimal Timer current value TN TN 000000 to 029695 R Decimal Retentive Timer current value SN SN 000000 to 029695 R W Decimal Counter current value CN CN 000000 to 029695 R Decimal Special Link Register SW
268. ric WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit Flow Communication Interface Control Driver FX3G Not required RS422 485 4 wire None MELSEC FX3UC CPU connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 4 Page 2 27 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 10 Page 2 29 FX3G CNV ADP FX3U 232ADP RS232C Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX1S FX1N 232 BD RS232C MELSEC FX LINK FX1N FXIN CNV BD FX2NC 232ADP Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX1N 485 BD RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 FX1N CNV BD FX2NC 485ADP RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 FX2N FX2N 232 BD RS232C FX2N CNV BD FX2NC 232app Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX2N 485 BD RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 FX2N CNV BD FX2NC 485ADP RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 FXINC FX2NC 232ADP RS232C FX2NC Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX2NC 485ADP RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 12 Page 2 29 FX3U FX3U 232 BD RS232C FX3U CNV BD FX3U 232ADP Connection Diagram 8 Page 2 28 FX3U 485 BD RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 11 Page 2 29 RS422 485 2 wire Con
269. rminal block Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name N 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 5 Name SDB SD SG There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 2 196 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 18 4 Environment Settings MASTER K Loader Port 18 LSIS Items Details Interface RS232C Baud Rate 38400 bps Data Bits 8 bits Stop Bits co settings as for the 1 stop bits Parity None Flow Control None MASTER K Interface Module Items Details Interface RS232C or RS485 4 wire Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 bps Data Bits 7 or 8 bits Stop Bits Use the same settings as for the 1 or 2 stop bits Parity MICRO I None Odd or Even Flow Control None or ER Station No 00 to 1F Hexadecimal Q9 For details refer to the MASTER K Series user s manual IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 197 So2I e Jeux 03 uonpoeuuo 5 N 18 LSIS 18 5 Usable Device Addresses 2 198 Bit Device i Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Numbe
270. rr nee 4 4 3 2 RSA22IA85 Hrn ee al ann an en PM PRENNE 4 5 Communication Specifications 2sessssnennennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nenn rn eene 4 6 4 1 Communication Method usssessesssensnsnnnnennnsnnnnennn nn nnnennnnsnnnennnnsnn nennen 4 6 4 2 Communication Conditions uesseesesssenseennennennnnnnennn nen nnnennn sn enema 4 6 4 3 FION Control id ee 4 6 Data Memory DM Allocation sessesessesensesennneennenennnnnnnnennnne nennen EEEE nenn 4 7 5 1 System Area enden wachen ee 4 7 5 2 Event transmission Control area nnn mmn anne 4 7 Sunc 4 8 6 1 DM Link 1 1 Communication DM Link 1 N Communication eese 4 8 DM Link 1 1 Communication ForMat ccccccccceceee cece sees emm 4 10 pMEE Cop 4 10 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual Preface 10 10 Chapter 5 Preface 11 7 2 gus TT isiiciin acuataecastaaainereies 4 13 7 3 TRANSMISSION CONUKOl ccd EUER 4 15 7 4 Clear nenn TREE TR ehe 4 17 7 5 Event Transmission auseinander 4 18 DM Link 1 N Communication Format sesseeeeeH mne 4 20 dDEMEME Co 4 20 82 Wille soine E A AAN 4 22 8 3 Cleaning nennen E 4 24 8 4 Station Number ne ee 4 24 BCG Calc lation un nen ae Hi a 4 25 9 1 BCC Calculation Example for DM Link 1 N Communication 4 25 cigge Mero I II 4 26 US SEE CC TEUER 4 26 Modbus Connection Table e eiut ter ve ge deln 5 1
271. rt 3 Set the unit ID in decimal 4 Destination Address and Port Number cannot be changed from the system menu of MI CRO I Please change it using WindO I NVA 5 When the port number is 0 this driver will set 502 the number of Modbus TCP default port automatically 5 10 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 5 Usable Device Addresses 5 Usable Device Addresses 5 1 Modbus RTU Master Modbus ASCII Master Modbus TCP Client Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC System Coil C C 1 to 65536 R W Decimal Inputs Status 100001 to 165536 R Decimal Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC System Holding Registers HR HR 400001 to 465536 R W Decimal Inputs Registers IR IR 300001 to 365536 R Decimal 5 2 Twido Modbus RTU Master Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC System Coil C 96 M 1to 256 R W Decimal Inputs Status M 100001 to 100256 R Decimal Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC System Holding Registers HR MW 400001 to 401500 R W Decimal Inputs Registers IR MW 300001 to 301500 R
272. rver Unit Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Item Setting IP Address Set the IP address for MICRO I Communication Interface Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask for MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway for MICRO I IP Address Set the IP address for Web Server Unit Communication Driver Network Port Number Set the port number for Web Server Unit Set the Special Internal Relay M8014 of OpenNet Controller to ON if you connect OpenNet Controller to MI CRO I MICROSmart Pentra FC5A D12K1E FC5A D12S1E Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 Tab Name Item Setting IP Address Set the IP address for MICRO I Communication Interface Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask for MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway for MICRO I IP Address Set the IP address for FC5A Communication Driver Network Port Number Set the port number for FC5A Set a decimal number for the Slave Number of MICRO I WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 1 5 Usable Device Addresses OpenNet Controller MICROSmart Connects to the Web Server Unit 1 IDEC Bit Device Device Name Mii cT AP Address Number Range Read Write Quinn i Internal Relay Bit M M 0 to 2557
273. s the chapter and page of related reference information OK Screen buttons are indicated by bold text or by using the actual graphic icon SHIFT A wes Keyboard keys are indicated by the keyboard inscription in capital letters or enclosed in square brackets RRR weni Controls are indicated by bold text IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual Preface 4 Abbreviations Generic Terms and Terminology Used in this Manual Abbreviations Generic Terms and Terminology Used in this Manual Item Description HG4G The name is short for MICRO I HG4G CJ T22 F B HG3G The name is short for MICRO I HG3G JT22 F HG2G S The name is short for MICRO I HG2G S 2 F HG2G 5S The name is short for MICRO I HG2G 5ST22 F HG2G 5F The name is short for MI CRO I HG2G 5FT22TF HG2G 5T The name is short for MICRO I HG2G 5T 22TF HG4G 3G The format used to refer to HG4G and HG3G HG2G 5F 5T 5S S The format used to refer to HG2G 5F HG2G 5T HG2G 5S and HG2G S MICRO I Generic term for programmable display device External device Generic term used to refer to a PLC or micro computer that is connected to and communicates with the MICRO I or Touch Device Address Memory that is capable of storing values in unit of bits or words loaded on the MICRO I or Touch and external device System Area Device area that is pre allocated for exchanging screen management error information and clock
274. s you to use the Pass through function Selecting MELSEC Q QnA Ethernet MELSEC FX3U Ethernet or MELSEC FX LI NK for the Communication Driver allows you to use the 1 N Communication Pass through function CZ Chapter 26 Pass Through Function in the WindO I NV4 User s Manual 1 N Communication function CZ Chapter 6 Communication with Multiple External Devices on page 6 1 2 1 Connection Table WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit Flow Communication Interface A Control Driver MELSEC A A1N AJ71C24 RS232C ER MELSEC AnN LINK A2N AJ 71C24 S3 S6 S8 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 26 ASN Auct RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 A1SH A1SJ71C24 R2 RS232C ER A1SJ71UC24 R2 Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 26 A15 71C24 R4 RS422 485 4 wire None A1S 71UC24 R4 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 A2CCPUC24 Not required RS232C ER Connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 26 A0J2 AO 2 C214 S1 RS232C A0J 2H Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 26 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 A2A AJ 71C24 56 S8 RS232C ER MELSEC AnA Link A3A AJ71UC24 Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 26 A RS422 485 4 wire None A3U Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 A4U A2US A1SJ71C24 R2 RS232C ER A2USH S1 A1SJ71UC24 R2 Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 26 A15 71C24 R4 RS422 485 4 wire None Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 2 14 WindO I NV4 External Device Se
275. saasesanagnetadan dada gk aN 2 110 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 2 156 LSIS aeni E Oa ARA 2 198 Mitsubishi Electric ccccecssecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaees 2 35 MODUS nennen 5 11 OMRON 2 65 PANASONIC suisse 2 142 SIEMENS 25555 amisit FE FRETEITERPFERFERPREREEREDFERTSRTRER 2 99 BRIDE UTILI ILLNM 2 191 TOSHIBA MACHINE eee 2 127 VIGOR EIGCUIIC rasen seen naher agnndee 2 204 YASKAWA Electric eem 2 149 Yokogawa Electric teas 2 167 V ipaa er 2 199 W Wiring Diagram O I Link Communication 3 2 Write DM Link 1 1 Communication eene 4 13 DM Link 1 N Communication eene 4 22 Write Communication Example DM Link 1 1 Communication seeeeeesee 4 14 DM Link 1 N Communication eene 4 23 Write Sequence DM Link 1 1 Communication eene 4 14 DM Link 1 N Communication eene 4 23 Index 3 Y YASKAWA Electric uuunnneennnneennnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nennen nenn 2 143 Yokogawa Electric 11 cnin tns 2 163 Index 4 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC
276. set action is possible for a High speed counter comparator Relay Word Device peu Device Type Address Number Read Address Numeral MICRO I PLC Range Write System Data Memory DM DM 0 to 65534 R W Exp Data Memory E EM EM 0 to 65534 R W Exp Data Memory F FM FM 0 to 32767 R W File register ZF ZF 0 to 131071 R W Link Register W W 0 to 3FFF R W Temporary Memory TM TM 0 to 511 R W Timer Current TC TC 0 to 39991 R W 1 Timer Preset TS TS 0 to 39991 R W 1 Counter Current CC CC 0 to 39991 R W 1 Counte Preset cs cs 0 to 39991 R W 1 High speed counter Current CTH CTH 0 to 11 R W 1 High speed counter comparator Preset CTCS CTCS 0 to 31 R W 1 Digital Trimmer AT AT 0 to 71 R Index Register Z Z 1 to 12 R W Control Memory CM CM 0 to 11998 R W Work Memory VM VM 0 to 59999 R W 1 This is a 32 bit device IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 111 6 KEYENCE Conventional KV series and Visual KV series 2 112 Bit Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range z Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Internal Utility Relay M 1000 to 1915 3000 to 15915 R W Decimal Basic Input Relay X 0 to 215 R Decimal Basic Output Relay Y 500 to 615 R W Decimal Extension Input Relay SX 100 to 415 R Decimal Extension Output Relay SY 600 to 915 R W Decima
277. ssion enable disable setting DM14 0 Disable output setting Reserved 1 Enable output setting DM15 Event area start address setting Reserved DM16 to 8191 User Area User Area atk Do not write to the reserved area System Area When allocating the system area to DM in order to avoid interference with the Event transmission control area and the Response address settings control area in DM14 and DM15 set the start address of the system area in DM Link 1 1 Communication and DM Link 1 N Communication to DMO or DM16 or higher For further details regarding the system area refer to the WindO I NV4 User s Manual Event transmission control area This function only supports DM Link 1 1 Communication DO to D11 Event Transmission DM14 You can set whether or not DMO to DM11 are to perform event transmission When the value in DM14 is 1 system area event transmission is performed and when it is 0 it is not performed After power up the value in DM14 is set to 0 Use this in the case that DMO to DM11 is specified as the system area Event Area Setting DM15 Specify the start address for the event area in DM15 The area after the specified address is then allowed to be used for event data transmission For example if the value 256 is written to DM15 the area from DM256 to DM8191 becomes the event area and if the data in this area changes an event data transmission is performed After power up the value in D
278. t z Interface Communication Driver ControlLogix ControlLogix5550 1756 ENBT Ethernet Ethernet IP ControlLogix5555 1756 EN2T CompactLogix 1769 CompactLogix Not required connects to CPU unit Ethernet Ethernet IP PLC 5 PLC 5 1785 ENET Ethernet Ethernet IP PLC 5E Not required connects to CPU unit SLC 500 SLC5 05 Not required connects to CPU unit Ethernet Ethernet IP SLC5 03 1761 NET ENI SLC5 04 SLC5 05 MicroLogix MicroLogix 1000 1761 NET ENI Ethernet Ethernet IP MicroLogix 1100 MicroLogix 1200 MicroLogix 1500 MicroLogix 1100 Not required connects to Built in Ethernet port on CPU unit 1 1 To connect the Ethernet port on MicroLogix 1100 check the firmware version MICRO I supports version 4 or later The latest firmware is on the Allen Bradley web site 2 70 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 4 Allen Bradley 4 2 System Configuration This is the system configuration for the connection of Allen Bradley PLCs to MICRO I SLC 500 Connects to the CPU Channel 0 serial port o m RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 73 SLC 5 03 SLC 5 04 MICRO I PLC 5 Connects to Interface Module RS232C ad 1770 KF2 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 73 Ef RS485 Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 73 O 000 o gd C4 o E32 Oo E
279. t CPU Unit Enable Link Unit Disable on the Communication Drive tab in the Project Settings dialog box KV 700 1000 3000 5000 5500 KV L20R L20V L21V KV Nano KV Nano KV N10L N11L Item Setting Interface RS232C RS422 485 2 wire or RS422 485 4 wire Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Data Bits 8 bits Stop Bits 1 stop bits Parity Even EG See the operation manual of the PLC for more information When performing communication with a Serial Communication Unit or the KV Nano clear the Connect CPU Unit Enable Link Unit Disable on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog box When communicating with the KV Nano set the KV Nano port operation mode to KV mode PLC link 2 108 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 6 KE Environment settings for connection to the KV 5000 5500 LE20A LE20V LE21V MICRO I settings Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO I NV4 YENCE Tab Name Item Setting Communication Interface IP Address Set the IP address of MICRO I Subnet mask Set the subnet mask of MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway of MICRO I Communication Driver Protocol TCP IP UDP IP IP Address Set the IP address of PLC Communication Driver Network PORT Set the port number of PLC to communicate with MICRO I PLC Settings
280. tatus per one O I Link scanning Master p Normal communication Handshake command Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 3 Slave 4 Slave 14 Slave 15 Online Online Offline Offline Offline Offline 4 4 Slave changes status from Online to Offline in the O I Link When a slave does not respond during normal communication between the master and a slave the master aborts the processing and starts communicating with the next slave unit During the next O I Link cycle the master will again send a command to the slave unit with which the error occurred during the previous cycle If the slave does not respond again the slave will set to the offline state and will be deleted from Slave online information register LSD104 in the master WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 5 Important Notes 5 Important Notes 5 1 Communication Traffic Volume of the O I Link Network The network scanning time which includes the time to retrieve data from PLC and also to communicate to O I link depends on the amount of communication on the network When there is a lot of traffic on the network scanning may take more time as a result it may cause MICRO I to operate slow At the worst case MICRO I is not able to complete scanning and displays an error message Network Offline Please follow instructions below to improve performance These instructions should reduce amount of communication on the network The causes a
281. te AFPG801 PLC RS232C Terminal block HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name SD il SD RD 2 RD RS 3 RS CS 4 CS SG 5 SG Connection Diagram 6 FPZ Communication cassette AFPG802 PLC RS232C Terminal block HG2G 5T Terminal block Connection Diagram 7 FPZ Communication cassette AFPG803 PLC RS422 485 Terminal block HG2G 5T Terminal block Name Pin No Pin No Name t 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD E 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 SG atk Configure the Flow Control to None because the terminal block of HG2G 5T doesn t have control lines Y There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor EA use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 2 138 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Connection Diagram 8 PLC RS232C D sub 9 pin Male Connector Name FG Pin No SD RD RS CS SG ER Q9 o DAD OBR Wi Ne IDEC FP2 FP2SH FP10 FP10SH S HG2G 5T Terminal block hield Wire Pin No Name CLA 1 SD 2 RD 3 RS 4 CS 5 SG rr WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 11 Panasonic 2 139 s 2n q Jeux
282. ted screen dedicated for performing initial setting of the MICRO I self diagnosis and clearing the log data etc External Memory Device The generic term for an SD memory card and a USB flash drive NV Metafile A graphic data file that integrates drawings created on the WindO I NV4 edit screen Window Screens that are loaded on to the Base Screen including Popup Screen and Device Monitor Internal Device The generic term for internal device addressing on the MICRO I such as internal relays registers etc The generic term for internal device not initialized at the start of operation Even Keep Device after the power is turned off the values are retained by the battery Drawings Define as as non functional content i e shape picture text Parts Define as functional content i e button pilot lamp commands etc Object Define as combination of Drawings and Parts placed on WindO I NV4 edit screen Touch Switch A part that operates a function by pressing parts that have been placed on the screen Standard Keypad Keypad that is displayed when operating Numerical and Character Input parts when Standard is selected under Type in the Keypad menu for Numerical and Character Input parts IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual Preface 6 N Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Preface 7 SAFETY PRECAUTATIONS aan deut 2a Aria an Preface 1 aaddnalio
283. the Communication Driver tab of DM Link 1 1 Communication 10 1 Response Time The MICRO I replies to commands from the external device within 10msec plus the transmission wait However the delay may occur when the screen image is updating If there was no response from the MICRO I retry sending command on the external device side after an amount of time longer than 2 seconds transmission wait time has elapsed 4 26 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC Chapter 5 Modbus 1 Connection Table Selecting Modbus RTU Master or Modbus TCP Client for the Communication Driver allows the user to use the 1 N Communication function C gt Chapter 6 Communication with Multiple External Devices on page 6 1 1 1 Compatible Protocols WindO I NV4 Settings Interface Flow Control Communication Driver Modbus RTU Master RS232C None ER Modbus RTU Master RS422 485 2 wire RS422 485 4 wire Modbus RTU Slave RS232C None ER Modbus RTU Slave RS422 485 2 wire RS422 485 4 wire Modbus ASCII Master RS232C None ER Modbus ASCII Master RS422 485 2 wire RS422 485 4 wire Modbus TCP Client Ethernet Modbus TCP Client Modbus TCP Server Ethernet Modbus TCP Server Protocol For details about Modbus TCP Server and Modbus RTU Slave refer to Chapter 5 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function on page 5 12 IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 5 1 1 Connection Table
284. the Transmission Specifications setting switch Sim Use the same settings h RF ata Bits as for the MICRO I 7 or 8 bits set using the Transmission Specifications setting switch Stop Bits 1 or 2 stop bits set using the Transmission Specifications setting switch None Odd or Even set using the Transmission Specifications setting Parity switch Checksum Yes set using the Transmission Specifications setting switch Write During RUN Possible set using the Transmission Specifications setting switch Transmission Side Termination Resistor No Tes set ong the Transmission Specifications setting switch Receive Side Termination Resistor No Tes set en the Transmision Specifications setting switch Computer Link set using the Transmission Specifications setting switch Comp ter Link M lti Drop Selection Note Only set if this item is present For details refer to the Link Unit manual MELSEC A Series Connecting to the Programming Port or 2 port Adapter Item Setting Interface RS422 Baud Rate 9600 bps Data Bits Use the same settings 8 bits Stop Bits as for the MICRO I 1 stop bits Parity Odd ak When connecting CPU unit for the connection the PLC program scan time will increase when it starts communicating with the MICRO I Check it under your actual operating conditions 1 Set a decimal number for the Station Number on MICRO I 2 30 WindO I
285. the external device 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 bps Select the same setting used for the external device Communication 7 or 8 bits Interface Select the same setting used for the external device Stop Bits i 1 or 2 stop bits Baud Rate Data Bits Select the same setting used for the external device panty None Odd or Even Flow Control Select either None or ER Select the serial interface that you will be using SERalLNLESELE RS232C RS422 485 2 wire or RS422 485 4 wire 4 8 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 6 Settings Tab Name Setting Name Description Manufacturer Select IDEC System Communication Driver Select DM Link 1 1 for DM Link 1 1 Communication or DM LINK 1 N for DM Link 1 N Communication Transmission Wait x10 msec Set the time after which the MICRO I sends a response command to the external device after receiving a command from the external device The actual time until the response is sent is greater than the Transmission wait time and less than the Transmission wait time 10msec Time Out x100 msec Communication Retry Cycles This setting is not required Driver DM LINK No Set the DM Link station number Max Event Transmission Words Set the max number of words for event transmission Select the number of protocol format 0 Basic protocol format 1 Type 1 Ad
286. the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 3 4 Environment Settings PLC Link Unit Settings Use the rotary switches and DIP switches on the Link Unit 3 OMRON Item Setting Interface RS232C RS485 Transmission Control Protocol 1 N Command Level Levels 1 2 and 3 are valid Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 bps Transmission Code 7 or 8 bit ASCII Use the same Stop Bits settings as for the 1 or 2 stop bits Unit No MPs 0 to 31 Decimal Parity Even or Odd CTS Switch OV always on Synchronization Switch Internal Termination Resistor Yes box For details refer to the Link Unit manual Select using Register Command or not on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog CPU Unit RS232C Link Interface Settings Write the RS232C Interface setting item for the System Settings Area using a peripheral tool such as Proconn System Settings Area CQMIH Item Setting C20H 28H 40H 60H C200HS C200HE C200HG C200HX DM0920 DM6645 Standard Individual Setting Same setting as the MICRO I Mode PLC Link Mode owes OM era DM0922 DM6647 Transmission Delay 0 msec RS CS presence None DM0923 DM6648 Unit No Same setting as the MICRO I xk For CQM 1 and C200HS
287. thernet switch use a cable that can be used with the hub MELSEC FX Series Connects to the Ethernet Unit P cl Po Ethernet EE LL NR P 5 4 FX3U ENET L MICRO I When connecting with MELSEC FX3UC FX2NC CNV IF or FX3UC 1PS 5V is required IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 25 2 Mitsubishi Electric 2 3 Connection Diagram The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable For details regarding wiring refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 Connection Diagram 1 Computer Link Unit RS232C PLC RS232C HG2G 5T D sub 25 pin Female Connector Terminal block Name Pin No Shield Wire Pin No Name FG i CUM Fe 1 SD SD 2 2 RD RD 3 3 RS RS 4 4 CS CS 5 5 SG DR 6 SG 7 CD 8 ER 20 Connection Diagram 2 Computer Link Unit RS485 PLC RS422 485 Terminal block HG2G 5T Terminal block Shield Wire Pin No Name I 8 RDA RD 9 RDB RD 6 SDA SD 7 SDB SD 5 There is no pin number corresponding to TERM on the HG2G 5T When inserting a termination resistor use a Terminating Resistor Selector Switch For the setting of the switch refer to Chapter 1 3 Important Points Regarding Wiring on page 1 4 When using the QJ 71C24 Serial Communication Unit
288. to 1FFO R W 182 Internal Relay WM M 0 to 32752 R W 2 Link Relay WB B 0 to 7FFO R W 1 2 Latch Relay WL L 0 to 32752 R W 2 Annunciator WF F 0 to 32752 R W 2 Edge Relay WV V 0 to 32752 R W 2 Step Relay WS S 0 to 8176 R W 2 Timer current value TN T 0 to 23087 R Counter current value CN C 0 to 23087 R a Timer current SN ST 0 to 23087 R W Data Register D D 0 to 25983 R W Link Register W 0 to 657F R W Special Relay WSM SM 0 to 2032 R 2 Link Special Relay WSB SB 0 to 7FO R W 1 2 Special Register SD SD 0 to 2047 R Special link Register SW SW 0 to 7FF R W File Register R R 0 to 32767 R W Extend file Register ZR ZR 0 to 131072 R W 1 Set this address number in hexadecimal 2 Set this address number in multiples of 16 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 2 42 2 Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC FX CPU Bit Device Device Name a LT T Address Number Range rS B Input Relay X X 0 to 337 R 1 Output Relay Y Y 0 to 337 R W 1 Internal Relay M M 0 to 1535 R W Ss Timer contact TS T 0 to 255 R O Counter contact CS C 0 to 255 R 9 State S S 0 to 999 R W D a Word Device 9 Device Name m CENT T Address Number Range E er ne 3 Input Relay WX X 0 to 320 R 1 2 Output Relay WY Y 0 to 320 R W 1 2 3 Internal Relay WM M 0 to 1520 R W 2 Timer current value TN T 0 to 255 R lt Counter current value CN C 0 to 199 R D 32 Bit Counter current value DCN
289. to 317 R W 1 D e The device type V I Q M SM S which include a period in the address number in 57 200 are j displayed without a period in WindO I NV4 For example V10 1 is displayed with V101 in v WindO I NV4 y AC Accumulator registers and L Local memory of PLC Devices can not use in MICRO I S D u Word Device Device Name zT T e Address Number Range Ka he is Variable memory VW VW 0 to 10238 R W 2 Timer Current Value TW T 0 to 255 R W Decimal Counter Current Value CW C 0 to 255 R W Decimal Process image input register IW IW 0 to 14 R 2 Process image output register QW QW 0 to 14 R W 2 Bit memory MW MW 0 to 30 R W 2 Special Memory SMW SMW 0 to 548 R 2 Analog input AIW AIW 0 to 62 R 2 Analog output AQW AQW 0 to 62 R W 2 Sequential control relay SW SW 0 to 30 R W 2 High speed counter HC HC 0 to 51 R 3 The device type V I Q M SM S which include a period in the address number in S7 200 are displayed without a period in WindO I NV4 For example V10 1 is displayed with V101 in WindO I NV4 AC Accumulator registers and L Local memory of PLC Devices can not use in MICRO I The value of High speed counter which is a double word value is divided into two and is treated as WORD device in MICRO I The higher word is written by adding 0 to the lowest digit of the address the lower word is written by adding 1 to the lowest digit of th
290. to 5255 9000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal Counter Accumulated Value CA C A 5000 to 5255 9000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal a Bene RLEN R LEN 6000 to 6255 9000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal er ee acters RPOS R POS 6000 to 6255 9000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal Integer N N 7000 to 7255 9000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal Float Point F F on 3 R W Decimal Long Word L L 90000 to 2552551 3 R W Decimal ASCII A A 9000 to 255255 2 R W Decimal String LEN STL ST 9000 to 255255 2 R Decimal String DATA ST ST 900000 to 25525540 4 R W Decimal For details about the address notation refer to Expression of Device Address Format on page 2 81 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC IDEC Expression of Device Address Format 4 Allen Bradley 5 5 MicroLogix 1200 Notation Allen Bradley WindO I NV4 og programming software 1 WI 12 10 WI 12010 1 12 10 1 to 3 digits Word number C3 digits Word number 1 to 2 digits Slot number 1 to 2 digits Slot number 2 WB 123 255 WB 123255 B123 255 L 1to3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number 1 to 3 digits File number 1 to 3 digits File number 3 F 123 255_0 F 123 255 1 F 1232550 F 1232551 F123 255 Li digit 0 Lower Word L 1 digit 0 Lower Word 1 Upper Word 1 Upper Word 1 to 3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number 1 to 3 digits File number 1 to 3digits File number WindO I NV4 uses 32 bit de
291. to the CPU unit modular connector for KV 700 1000 3000 RS232C gt Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 106 KV 700 1000 3000 MICRO I Connects to the D sub 9 pin Male Connector for KV L20R L20V L21V r g c j Connection Diagram 2 Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 106 ne 2 106 KV 700 1000 3000 5000 5500 MICRO I KV L20R L20V L21V PORT1 Connects to the terminal block for KV L20R L20V L21V p __ y Connection Diagram 3 A Conneetion Diagram 3 Page 2 106 2 106 a SUIE e 4 wire j Connection Diagram 4 ee pave 107 2 107 KV 700 1000 3000 5000 5500 MICRO I KV L20R L20V L21V PORT2 RS422 485 2 wire Connection Diagram 5 Page 2 107 Connects to the Ethernet port for KV LE20A LE20V LE21V OOOO Phe OOOO O m 11 KV 700 1000 3000 5000 5500 MICRO I KV LE20A LE20V LE21V EA Use a crossover cable to connect the MICRO I and PLC directly When using a hub Ethernet switch use a cable that can be used with the hub 2 104 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 6 KEYENCE Connects to the Ethernet port for KV 5000 5500 Ethernet g N E P O KV 5000 5500 MICRO I E Use a crossover cable to connect the MICRO I and PLC directly a e When using a hub Ethernet switch use a cable that can be used with the hub Connects to the CPU unit modular connector for Conventional KV series and Visual KV series a DUU _ G E Connection Di
292. tup Manual IDEC 2 Mitsubishi Electric WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link unit qeu Flow Communication SURE Control Driver MELSEC QnA Q4ACPU AJ 71QC24N R2 RS232C ER MELSEC Q QnA LINK Q4ARCPU AJ 71QC24N Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 26 aah RS422 485 4 wire None oh AJ T1QC24N RA Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 RS422 485 4 wire Connection Diagram 9 Page 2 28 AJ 71QE71N3 T Ethernet z MELSEC Q QnA AJ 71QE71N B2 Ethernet AJ 71QE71N B5 Q2ASHCPU S1 A15S 71QC24N R2 RS232C ER MELSEC Q QnA LI NK Q2ASHCPU ALS 71QC24N Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 26 Q2ASCPU 51 RS422 485 4 wire None Q2ASCPU Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 A1SJ 71QE71N3 T Ethernet MELSEC Q ALS 71QE71N B2 QnA Ethernet A1SJ 71QE71N B5 MELSEC Q QOOCPU Not required RS232C ER MELSEC Q QnA LINK QO1CPU connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 27 Q00UJ CPU Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 28 QOOUCPU QO1UCPU QO2UCPU QO2CPU QJ71C24N R2 RS232C QO2HCPU Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 26 QOGHCPU QJ 71C24N RS422 485 4 wire None Q12HCPU Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 26 Q25HCPU Q00UJ CPU QOOUCPU QO1UCPU QO2UCPU QO3UDCPU QOAUDHCPU QO6UDHCPU Q10UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Q20UDHCPU Q26UDHCPU QO3UDECPU QO4UDEHCPU QO6UDEHCPU Q10UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q20UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU Q50UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU QO2CPU Not required RS232C ER MELSEC Q CPU QO2HCPU connects to CPU unit Connect
293. tup Manual IDEC 6 Modbus TCP Server Modbus RTU Slave Function FC2 Read discrete inputs Reading of Input Relay 1 consecutively Request Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 02 Byte 8 9 Byte 2 3 Reference Number Byte 10 11 Byte 4 5 Number of read bits 1 to 2000 bits Normal response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 02 Byte 8 Byte 2 Number of bytes for the response number of read bits 7 8 From Byte 9 From Byte 3 Read data Error response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 82 Hexadecimal Byte 8 Byte 2 Exception code 01 or 02 Example Reading of 1100001 1 bit The read value is 1 02h 00h 00h 00h Oth Request 02h Oih 01h Normal response The data sequence for the read value is similar to that of FC1 Read Coils FC4 Read input registers Reading of Input Register IR consecutively Request Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 04 Byte 8 9 Byte 2 3 Reference Number Byte 10 11 Byte 4 5 Number of read words 1 to 125 words Normal response Modbus TCP Modbus RTU Description Byte 7 Byte 1 FC Function code 04 Byte 8 Byte 2 Number of bytes for the response number of read words x 2 From Byte 9 From Byte 3 Read d
294. turns the setting switch number 5 on the CPU Unit to OFF Q box For details refer to the Link Unit manual Select using Register Command or not on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog 1 Set a decimal number for the Unit No on MICRO I 2 Standard settings are as follows Baud Rate 9600 bps Data Bits 7 bits Stop Bits 2 stop bits Parity Even IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 61 SIINDA Jeux 0 UOISUUOD N 3 OMRON CPU Unit RS232C Link Interface Settings SYSMAC CS1 series Write the RS232C Interface setting items for the System Settings Area using a peripheral tool such as Proconn Channel Item Setting Optional Initial Setting Set to 1 for Optional Setting Serial Communication mode Set to PLC Link 160 Data Bits Stop Bits Use the same settings as for the MICRO I Parity 161 Port Communication Speed Use the same settings as for the MICRO I 162 In the case of No Protocol Mode Do not set 163 Unit No Set to the same as the MICRO I PLC Link Station Number 164 In the case of No Protocol Mode Do not set Q For details refer to the PLC manual For the SYSMAC CS1 series turns the setting switch number 5 on the CPU Unit to OFF to enable you to make your own communication settings e C200Ha Communication Board Settings Write the Communication Board setting items for the System Settings Ar
295. tween MICRO I and S7 300 Do not use a bit in word device and 32 bt word devices 1 All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in octal 2 Only an even number can be specified 3 The address number format is as follows DB 255 510 3 digits Address number 0 to 510 3 digits Data Block number 1 to 255 2 100 WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC S7 300 with MPI Interface 5 SIEMENS Bit Device i Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Bit 0 to 10237 R 1 Output Bit 0 to 10237 R W 1 Memory Bit 0 to 163837 R W 1 Word Device Device Type Read Address Device Name Address Number Range Numeral MI CRO I PLC Write System Input Word IW IW 0 to 1022 R 2 Output Word QW QW 0 to 1022 R W 2 Bit Memory Word MW MW 0 to 16382 R W 2 Timer cell 0 to 2047 R Decimal Counter cell 0 to 2047 R Decimal Data Block DB DB 1000 to 255510 R W 2 3 When MICRO I accesses the data block which is not configured in the PLC communication error ah occurs Configure the data blocks by using the PLC software Endian type is different between MICRO I and S7 300 Do not use a bit in word device and 32 bt word devices 1 All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in octal 2 Only an even number can be specified
296. umbers in parenthesis indicate the processing sequence Master Master Normal communication Handshake command 1 0 4 BL O 2 5 L 2 Sa 5 E ER Ra EIER pu ee eae l 1 l l pd l l Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Online Online Offline Offline Online Online Online Offline The Time Out duration for the command that detects the presence absence of a slave hereafter referred to as a handshake command is set to 30 msec on the master When there are one or more slave units in the offline status the total scanning time of the O I Link will increase by 30 msec Even when 15 slave units are in offline status the increase will remain at 30 msec After power is turned on the master sends handshake commands to the registered slave units in the ascending sequence and launches normal communication starting with the slave units that send back the response When 15 slave units are registered and only the 15th slave actually exist the master sends handshake commands sequentially starting from the 1st slave unit until it recognizes the 15th slave unit The whole sequence takes approximately 420 msec 30 msec x 14 After the data transmission with the 15th slave unit is completed the master registers the slave to LSD102 and performs normal communications with Slave 15 During the communication the master sends a handshake command to one slave unit in offline s
297. unication een 1 1 DM Link Communication eeee 4 1 EN COMMUNICATION uses 6 1 Device Link Communication eene 1 1 DM Link Communication eeee nenne 4 2 eric M 6 7 Iure EET 6 3 A Address Number Error cccecssecsseeseeeeseeeeeaeeaeeeeeseeeas 4 26 Ped hen 2 69 B BCC Calculation ccccceessecsecseeeseeeeseeeeeeaesaeeaeeaees 4 25 BEC EROR sce ea ran era 4 26 C Calculating the CRC eennseeennsennnnnnnennnn nn nennen nennen tenes 5 17 Clear DM Link 1 1 Communication eee 4 17 DM Link 1 N Communication eene 4 24 Client Address c outer ren ea sace des yt 5 15 Command er e 4 17 Event Tarnsmission cscccecssccseeeseeseeeeeesaeeaeeaees 4 18 R A0 ads E 4 10 4 20 Transmission Control ceccseceeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeaeeaees 4 15 i 4 13 4 22 Command EMOL ussasonoisccviioxvcutistozdid OxvUDHA La PRO REP SESS 4 26 Communication Cables esee 7 1 Communication Conditions een 4 6 Communication Drivers Supporting 1 N Communication ureseensnenneenenennnnnennnnnn nnn 6 2 Communication error information cscceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 4 Communication error information for each Station NUMBER ds scscactivoniniachaotnsunanrsassasianihnauarasnaaacenntnn 6 5 Communication Format DM Link 1 1 Communication
298. unication Interface Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask of MICRO I Default Gateway Set the default gateway of MICRO I ms IP Address Set the IP address of PLC Communication Driver Network Port Number Set the port number of PLC Default 3004 PLC Settings Item Setting IP Address Set the IP address of PLC Subnet mask Set the subnet mask of PLC Default Gateway Set the default gateway of PLC CPU Communication Setteings IP Address AUTO 100M Full Duplex Communication speed Method 100M Half Duplex 10M Full Duplex 10M Half Duplex So2I e Jeux 03 uonpeuuo 5 5 Port Number Setting Port Number CPU Communication Setteings Ethernet Communication Setteings Task Code u TEPRT Time Out Setting Timeout time sec E This communication driver does not support CPU Link and Remote communication S IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 213 21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems 21 4 Usable Device Addresses Bit Device BENIEE VPE Address Number Read Bu Device Name Ranae Write Numeral MI CRO I PLC g System External Input Bit X X 0 to 5F95 R 1 External Output Bit Y Y 0 to 5F95 R W 1 Internal Output Bit R R 0 to FFF R W Hexadecimal Data Area M Bit M M 0 to 7FFFF R W Hexadecimal Timer Counter Contact TCS TC 0 to 2559 R Decimal Counter
299. unit Not required RS232C connects to D sub Connection Diagram 6 Page 2 74 connector on CPU unit If your existing project is using SLC 500 with Ver 2 30 or earlier SLC 500 Half Duplex will appear to the Protocol setting with Ver 2 40 or later SLC 500 Half Duplex Communication Driver is merged into the MicroLogix SLC 500 Full Duplex Communication Driver WindO I NV4 still provides the SLC 500 Half Duplex Communication Driver for the existing projects but it s recommended to use the MicroLogix SLC 500 Full Duplex Communication Driver if you create a new project Some address format between MicroLogix SLC 500 Full Duplex and SLC 500 Half Duplex are slight different IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 69 4 Allen Bradley WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link Unit Flow EM Interface Communication Driver Control ControlLogix ControlLogix 5550 Not required RS232C None Logix DF1 Full Duplex ControlLogix 5555 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 74 CompactLogix 1768 CompactLogix Not required RS232C None Logix DF1 Full Duplex 1769 CompactLogix connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 74 FlexLogix 1794 L33 Not required RS232C None Logix DF1 Full Duplex 1794 L34 connects to CPU unit Connection Diagram 7 Page 2 74 7 k WindO I NV4 Settings CPU unit Link uni
300. vice as the divided 2 word device Therefore the last one digit shows that the device is upper word or lower word 4 ST 123 255 40 ST 12325540 ST123 255 DATA 40 1 to 2 digits DATA number 2 digits DATA number 1to 3 digits Element number 3 digits Element number 1 to 3 digits File number 1to 3 digits File number 0 will be written into the other word Floating Point F and Long Word L are 32 bit devices When you write to these devices please be sure to write a high word and low word simultaneously If you write only high word or only low word String LEN stores the number of characters written when a string is written from the String DATA start address DATA 0 of each element If the address to write is not from the start the value of String LEN is not updated When writing a string from a Character Input the NULL terminating character is written at the end of the string The NULL is automatically set by the MICRO I Be aware that this is not only for Allen Bradley driver This is the specification of Character Input A communication error occurs if you specify a file or element that is not allocated to the MicroLogis1200 or SLC 500 data table map WO WI WB is same devices as O B They are used as word devices WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual 2 81 s 2n q Jeux 03 uonpoeuuo 5 4 Allen Bradley SLC 500 Half Duplex
301. words to read l 2 The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code DM Address Data 4xn Data The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code n is the number The words are in order from the lowest address of words ETX 03h Only added when with BCC is set End of the response data 1 Only added when with BCC is set BCC Exclusive OR Hexadecimal from ENQ to before BCC converted to 2 ASCII code CR 0Dh End 1 Description Error response Command Code Description Bytes NAK 15h Command was not received correctly 1 Station Number DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII 2 Error Code Refer to Chapter 4 10 Error Codes on page 4 26 1 CR 0Dh End 1 Read Sequence External Device MICRO I xh Upper DM Address Lower DM Address data Station DM Address Number xH Upper Lower H L H t hH L Upper Lower H LIHIL DM Address n 1 data H LIT HIL Lower or Station Number zaz an 3P0J 10 13 H L Read Communication Example Read the two words of data from DM200 and DM201 of DM Link Station Number 1 without BCC If the data in DM200 is 4951 1357h and the data in DM201 is 9320 2468h the sequence is as follows The DM address 200 00C8h is converted to ASCII code and stored External Device MICRO I The shaded part of the command is ASCII code IDEC WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual
302. ystem configuration for the connection of Yokogawa Electric PLCs to the MICRO I e FA M3 series Serial F3SP05 F3SP20 F3SP21 F3SP25 F3SP30 F3SP35 F3SP38 F3SP53 F3SP58 F3FP36 gt F3BP20 F3BP30 RS232C Connection Diagram 1 Page 2 165 F3LC11 1N MICRO I RS485 1l Connection Diagram 2 Page 2 165 F3LC11 2N MICRO I 7X We recommend F3LC11 2N side to carry a 4 WIRE setup of the terminus resistance TERMINATOR in Q long distance transmission Yokogawa Electric cable RS232C OO E KM10 0C Connection Diagram 3 Page 2 165 F3SP05 F3SP21 Yokogawa Electric cable I S MMM F3SP25 F3SP28 F3SP35 F3SP38 F3SP53 F3SP58 KM11 2N A MICRO I ak It does not correspond to CPU direct connection system of F3SP20 and F3SP30 It connects with the port for programming tools of a CPU unit e FA M3 series Ethernet o F3SP05 0P F3SP08 0P F3SP21 0N F3SP22 0S F3SP25 2N F3SP28 3N 3S F3SP35 5N F3SP38 6N 6S F3SP53 4H 4S F3SP58 6H 6S F3SP59 7S F3SP66 45 F3SP67 6S F3SP71 4N F3SP76 7N F3SP66 45 F3SP67 6S F3SP71 4N F3SP76 7N 2 164 E L1 F3LEO1 5T OT F3LE11 0T MICRO I F3LE12 0T MICRO I WindO I NV4 External Device Setup Manual IDEC 15 Yokogawa Electric 15 3 Connection Diagram x ra The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for

2 - Idec

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents